selenium: invoke jobs to enforce eventual consistency
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Allow users to upload files.
381 *
382 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
383 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
384 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
385 *
386 * @since 1.5
387 */
388 $wgEnableUploads = false;
389
390 /**
391 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
392 */
393 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
394
395 /**
396 * Allows to move images and other media files
397 */
398 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
399
400 /**
401 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
402 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
403 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
404 *
405 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
406 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
407 */
408 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
409
410 /**
411 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
412 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
413 *
414 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
415 * completeness.
416 */
417 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
418
419 /**
420 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
421 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
422 */
423 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
427 */
428 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
429
430 /**
431 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
432 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
433 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
434 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
435 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
436 *
437 * Example:
438 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
439 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
440 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
441 *
442 * @see $wgFileBackends
443 */
444 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
445
446 /**
447 * File repository structures
448 *
449 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
450 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
451 * array of properties configuring the repository.
452 *
453 * Properties required for all repos:
454 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
455 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
456 *
457 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
458 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
459 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
460 *
461 * For most core repos:
462 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
463 * container : backend container name the zone is in
464 * directory : root path within container for the zone
465 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
466 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
467 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
468 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
469 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
470 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
471 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
472 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
473 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
474 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
475 * handler instead.
476 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
477 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
478 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
479 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
480 * - pathDisclosureProtection
481 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
482 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
483 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
484 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
485 * is 0644.
486 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
487 * some remote repos.
488 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
489 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
490 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
491 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
492 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
493 *
494 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
495 * for local repositories:
496 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
497 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
498 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
499 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
500 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
501 * on the local wiki.
502 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
503 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
504 *
505 * ForeignDBRepo:
506 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
507 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
508 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
509 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
510 * and accesible from, this wiki.
511 *
512 * ForeignAPIRepo:
513 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
514 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
515 *
516 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
517 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
518 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
519 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
520 * be searched after the local file repo.
521 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
522 *
523 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
524 */
525 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
526
527 /**
528 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
529 *
530 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
531 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
532 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
533 *
534 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
535 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
536 *
537 * @since 1.11
538 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
539 */
540 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
541
542 /**
543 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
544 *
545 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
546 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
547 * default settings.
548 *
549 * @since 1.16
550 */
551 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
552
553 /**
554 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
555 *
556 * Uses the folowing variables:
557 *
558 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
559 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
560 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
561 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
562 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
563 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
564 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
565 *
566 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
567 * class, with also the following variables:
568 *
569 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
570 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
571 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
572 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
573 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
574 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
575 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
576 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
577 *
578 * @var bool
579 * @since 1.3
580 */
581 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
582
583 /**
584 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
585 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
586 *
587 * @var string
588 * @since 1.3
589 */
590 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
591
592 /**
593 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
594 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
595 *
596 * @var string
597 * @since 1.3
598 */
599 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
600
601 /**
602 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
603 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
604 *
605 * @var bool
606 * @since 1.3
607 */
608 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
609
610 /**
611 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
612 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
613 *
614 * @since 1.5
615 */
616 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @var bool
623 * @since 1.5
624 */
625 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
626
627 /**
628 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
629 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
630 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
631 *
632 * @var bool|string
633 * @since 1.4
634 */
635 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
636
637 /**
638 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
639 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
640 *
641 * @var string
642 * @since 1.5
643 */
644 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
645
646 /**
647 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
648 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
649 *
650 * @var bool
651 * @since 1.5
652 */
653 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
654
655 /**
656 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
657 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
658 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
659 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
660 *
661 * Example:
662 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
663 */
664 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
665
666 /**
667 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
668 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
669 *
670 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
671 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
672 *
673 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
674 */
675 $wgUploadDialog = [
676 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
677 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
678 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
679 'fields' => [
680 'description' => true,
681 'date' => false,
682 'categories' => false,
683 ],
684 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
685 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
686 'licensemessages' => [
687 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
688 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
689 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
691 'local' => 'generic-local',
692 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
693 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
694 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
696 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
697 ],
698 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
699 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
700 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
701 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
702 'comment' => [
703 'local' => '',
704 'foreign' => '',
705 ],
706 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
707 'format' => [
708 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
709 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
710 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
711 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
712 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
713 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
714 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
715 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
716 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
717 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
718 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
719 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
720 // * $TEXT - input by the user
721 'description' => '$TEXT',
722 'ownwork' => '',
723 'license' => '',
724 'uncategorized' => '',
725 ],
726 ];
727
728 /**
729 * File backend structure configuration.
730 *
731 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
732 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
733 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
734 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
735 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
736 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
737 *
738 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
739 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
740 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
741 *
742 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
743 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
744 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
745 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
746 *
747 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
748 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
749 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
750 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
751 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
752 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
753 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
754 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
755 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
756 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
757 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
758 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
759 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
760 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
761 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
762 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
763 */
764 $wgFileBackends = [];
765
766 /**
767 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
768 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
769 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
770 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
771 *
772 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
773 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
774 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
775 *
776 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
777 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
778 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
779 */
780 $wgLockManagers = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
784 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
785 *
786 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
787 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
788 * extensions" section of php.ini:
789 * @code{.ini}
790 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
791 * @endcode
792 */
793 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
794
795 /**
796 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
797 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
798 * Defaults to false.
799 */
800 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
804 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
805 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
806 */
807 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
808
809 /**
810 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
811 *
812 * @since 1.20
813 */
814 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
815
816 /**
817 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
818 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
819 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
820 */
821 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
822
823 /**
824 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
825 * @since 1.20
826 */
827 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
828
829 /**
830 * Different timeout for upload by url
831 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
832 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
833 * to default.
834 *
835 * @var int|bool
836 *
837 * @since 1.22
838 */
839 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
840
841 /**
842 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
843 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
844 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
845 * for non-specified types.
846 *
847 * @par Example:
848 * @code
849 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
850 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
851 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
852 * ];
853 * @endcode
854 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
855 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
856 */
857 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
858
859 /**
860 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
861 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
862 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
863 * @since 1.26
864 */
865 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
866
867 /**
868 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
869 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
870 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
871 *
872 * @par Example:
873 * @code
874 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
875 * @endcode
876 */
877 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
878
879 /**
880 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
881 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
882 * appended to it as appropriate.
883 */
884 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
885
886 /**
887 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
888 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
889 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
890 * access to the thumbnail path.
891 *
892 * @par Example:
893 * @code
894 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
895 * @endcode
896 */
897 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
898
899 /**
900 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
901 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
902 *
903 * @var string
904 * @since 1.3
905 */
906 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
907
908 /**
909 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
910 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
911 *
912 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
913 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
914 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
915 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
916 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
917 *
918 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
919 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
920 */
921 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
922
923 /**
924 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
925 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
926 *
927 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
928 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
929 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
930 */
931 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
932
933 /**
934 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
935 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
936 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
937 */
938 $wgFileBlacklist = [
939 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
940 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
941 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
942 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
943 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
944 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
945 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
946 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
947
948 /**
949 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
950 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
951 */
952 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
953 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
954 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
955 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
956 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
957 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
958 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
959 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
960 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
961 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
962 'application/x-msmetafile',
963 ];
964
965 /**
966 * Allow Java archive uploads.
967 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
968 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
969 */
970 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
971
972 /**
973 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
974 *
975 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
976 */
977 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
978
979 /**
980 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
981 * by $wgFileExtensions.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
989 *
990 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
991 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
992 */
993 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
994
995 /**
996 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
997 */
998 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1002 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1003 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1004 *
1005 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1006 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1007 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1008 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1009 */
1010 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1011 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1012 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1014 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1015 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1016 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1017 ];
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1021 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1022 *
1023 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1024 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1025 */
1026 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1027
1028 /**
1029 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1030 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1031 */
1032 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1033 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1034 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1042 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1043 ];
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1047 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1048 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1049 *
1050 * @since 1.21
1051 */
1052 $wgContentHandlers = [
1053 // the usual case
1054 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1055 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1056 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1057 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1058 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1059 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1060 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1061 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1063 ];
1064
1065 /**
1066 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1067 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1068 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1069 */
1070 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1074 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1075 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1076 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1077 *
1078 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1079 */
1080 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1081
1082 /**
1083 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1084 */
1085 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1089 * @since 1.27
1090 */
1091 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1095 */
1096 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1100 */
1101 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1105 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1106 */
1107 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1111 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1112 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1113 *
1114 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1115 * @code
1116 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1117 * @endcode
1118 *
1119 * Leave as false to skip this.
1120 */
1121 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1125 *
1126 * @since 1.21
1127 */
1128 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1129
1130 /**
1131 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1132 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1133 * at sharp edges.
1134 *
1135 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1136 *
1137 * Supported values:
1138 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1139 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1140 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1141 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1142 *
1143 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1144 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1145 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1146 *
1147 * @since 1.27
1148 */
1149 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1150
1151 /**
1152 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1153 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1154 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1155 *
1156 * @since 1.32
1157 */
1158 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1162 * image formats.
1163 */
1164 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1165
1166 /**
1167 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1168 *
1169 * @since 1.26
1170 */
1171 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1172
1173 /**
1174 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1175 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1176 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1177 *
1178 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1179 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1180 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1181 */
1182 $wgSVGConverters = [
1183 'ImageMagick' =>
1184 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1185 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1186 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1188 . '$output $input',
1189 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1190 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1191 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1192 ];
1193
1194 /**
1195 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1196 */
1197 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1198
1199 /**
1200 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1201 */
1202 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1206 */
1207 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1211 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1214
1215 /**
1216 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1217 *
1218 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1219 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1220 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1221 *
1222 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1223 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1224 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1225 */
1226 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1227
1228 /**
1229 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1230 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1231 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1232 *
1233 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1234 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1235 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1236 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1237 *
1238 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1239 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1240 */
1241 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1242
1243 /**
1244 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1245 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1246 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1247 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1248 */
1249 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1250
1251 /**
1252 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1253 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1254 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1255 *
1256 * @par Example:
1257 * @code
1258 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1259 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1260 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1261 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1262 * @endcode
1263 */
1264 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1265
1266 /**
1267 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1268 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1269 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1270 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1271 */
1272 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1273
1274 /**
1275 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1276 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1277 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1278 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1279 */
1280 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1281
1282 /**
1283 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1284 * output instead of showing an error message.
1285 *
1286 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1287 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1288 *
1289 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1290 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1291 * are logged to a file for review.
1292 */
1293 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1297 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1298 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1299 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1300 * webserver(s).
1301 */
1302 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1306 */
1307 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1308
1309 /**
1310 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1311 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1312 * is available that can rotate.
1313 */
1314 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1318 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1319 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1320 */
1321 $wgAntivirus = null;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1325 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1326 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1327 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1328 *
1329 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1330 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1331 *
1332 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1333 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1334 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1335 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1336 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1337 * path.
1338 *
1339 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1340 * function in SpecialUpload.
1341 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1342 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1343 * is not set.
1344 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1345 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1346 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1347 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1348 * no virus was found.
1349 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1350 * a virus.
1351 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1352 *
1353 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1354 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1355 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1356 */
1357 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1358
1359 # setup for clamav
1360 'clamav' => [
1361 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1362 'codemap' => [
1363 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1364 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1365 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1366 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1367 ],
1368 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1369 ],
1370 ];
1371
1372 /**
1373 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1374 */
1375 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1379 */
1380 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1381
1382 /**
1383 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1384 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1385 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1386 */
1387 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1388
1389 /**
1390 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1391 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1392 */
1393 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1394
1395 /**
1396 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1397 * the MIME type to standard output.
1398 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1399 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1400 *
1401 * @par Example:
1402 * @code
1403 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1404 * @endcode
1405 */
1406 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1407
1408 /**
1409 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1410 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1411 * can be trusted.
1412 */
1413 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1414
1415 /**
1416 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1417 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1418 */
1419 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1420 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1421 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1422 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1423 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1424 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1425 ];
1426
1427 /**
1428 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1429 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1430 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1431 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1432 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1433 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1434 */
1435 $wgImageLimits = [
1436 [ 320, 240 ],
1437 [ 640, 480 ],
1438 [ 800, 600 ],
1439 [ 1024, 768 ],
1440 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1441 ];
1442
1443 /**
1444 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1445 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1446 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1447 */
1448 $wgThumbLimits = [
1449 120,
1450 150,
1451 180,
1452 200,
1453 250,
1454 300
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1459 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1460 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1461 *
1462 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1463 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1464 * supports it.
1465 */
1466 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1470 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1471 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1472 * following buckets:
1473 *
1474 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1475 *
1476 * and a distance of 50:
1477 *
1478 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1479 *
1480 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1481 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1482 */
1483 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1487 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1488 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1489 *
1490 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1491 *
1492 * @since 1.25
1493 */
1494
1495 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1496
1497 /**
1498 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1499 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1500 *
1501 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1502 * thumbnail's URL.
1503 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1504 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1505 *
1506 * @since 1.25
1507 */
1508 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1509
1510 /**
1511 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1512 *
1513 * @since 1.25
1514 */
1515 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1516
1517 /**
1518 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1519 * HTTP request to.
1520 *
1521 * @since 1.25
1522 */
1523 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1524
1525 /**
1526 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1527 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1528 *
1529 * @since 1.26
1530 */
1531 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1532
1533 /**
1534 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1535 * Fields are:
1536 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1537 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1538 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1539 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1540 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1541 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1542 * @deprecated since 1.28
1543 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1544 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1545 * - mode: Gallery mode
1546 */
1547 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1548
1549 /**
1550 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1551 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1552 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1553 */
1554 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1558 */
1559 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1560
1561 /**
1562 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1563 *
1564 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1565 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1566 */
1567 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1568
1569 /**
1570 * @name DJVU settings
1571 * @{
1572 */
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Path of the djvudump executable
1576 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1577 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1578 */
1579 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1583 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1584 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1585 */
1586 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1590 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1591 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1592 */
1593 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1594
1595 /**
1596 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1597 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1598 *
1599 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1600 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1601 * the efficiency problem.
1602 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1603 *
1604 * @par Example:
1605 * @code
1606 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1607 * @endcode
1608 */
1609 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1613 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1614 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1615 */
1616 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1617
1618 /**
1619 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1620 */
1621 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1622
1623 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1624
1625 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1626
1627 /************************************************************************//**
1628 * @name Email settings
1629 * @{
1630 */
1631
1632 /**
1633 * Site admin email address.
1634 *
1635 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1636 */
1637 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1641 *
1642 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1643 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1644 *
1645 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1646 */
1647 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1651 *
1652 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1653 */
1654 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1658 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1659 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1660 */
1661 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1665 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1666 */
1667 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1671 *
1672 * @since 1.30
1673 */
1674 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1675
1676 /**
1677 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1678 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1679 *
1680 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1681 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1682 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1683 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1684 */
1685 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1689 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1690 */
1691 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1695 */
1696 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1697
1698 /**
1699 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1700 */
1701 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1705 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1706 */
1707 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1711 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1712 */
1713 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1714
1715 /**
1716 * SMTP Mode.
1717 *
1718 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1719 * Default to false or fill an array :
1720 *
1721 * @code
1722 * $wgSMTP = [
1723 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1724 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1725 * 'port' => '25',
1726 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1727 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1728 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1729 * ];
1730 * @endcode
1731 */
1732 $wgSMTP = false;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1736 */
1737 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1738
1739 /**
1740 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1741 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1742 */
1743 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1747 *
1748 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1749 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1750 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1751 *
1752 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1753 *
1754 * @var bool
1755 */
1756 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1757
1758 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1759 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1760 # enable or disable at their discretion
1761 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1762 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1766 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1767 * spam relay.
1768 */
1769 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1773 */
1774 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1778 * user talk page.
1779 *
1780 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1781 * preference set to true.
1782 */
1783 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1784
1785 /**
1786 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1787 *
1788 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1789 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1790 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1791 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1792 *
1793 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1794 *
1795 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1796 *
1797 * @var bool
1798 */
1799 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1803 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1804 *
1805 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1806 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1807 *
1808 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1809 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1810 *
1811 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1812 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1813 */
1814 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1818 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1819 *
1820 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1821 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1822 */
1823 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1824
1825 /**
1826 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1827 * match the limit on your mail server.
1828 */
1829 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1833 */
1834 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1838 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1839 */
1840 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1841
1842 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1843
1844 /************************************************************************//**
1845 * @name Database settings
1846 * @{
1847 */
1848
1849 /**
1850 * Database host name or IP address
1851 */
1852 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1853
1854 /**
1855 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1856 */
1857 $wgDBport = 5432;
1858
1859 /**
1860 * Name of the database
1861 */
1862 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Database username
1866 */
1867 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1868
1869 /**
1870 * Database user's password
1871 */
1872 $wgDBpassword = '';
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Database type
1876 */
1877 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1881 *
1882 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1883 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1884 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1885 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1886 */
1887 $wgDBssl = false;
1888
1889 /**
1890 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1891 *
1892 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1893 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1894 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1895 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1896 */
1897 $wgDBcompress = false;
1898
1899 /**
1900 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1901 */
1902 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1903
1904 /**
1905 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1906 */
1907 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1908
1909 /**
1910 * Search type.
1911 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1912 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1913 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1914 */
1915 $wgSearchType = null;
1916
1917 /**
1918 * Alternative search types
1919 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1920 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1921 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1922 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1923 */
1924 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1925
1926 /**
1927 * Table name prefix
1928 */
1929 $wgDBprefix = '';
1930
1931 /**
1932 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1933 */
1934 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1935
1936 /**
1937 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1938 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1939 * DBA has done his best job.
1940 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1941 */
1942 $wgSQLMode = '';
1943
1944 /**
1945 * Mediawiki schema
1946 */
1947 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1948
1949 /**
1950 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1951 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1952 * @since 1.32
1953 */
1954 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1955
1956 /**
1957 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1958 */
1959 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1960
1961 /**
1962 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1963 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1964 * main database.
1965 *
1966 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1967 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1968 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1969 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1970 *
1971 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1972 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1973 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1974 *
1975 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1976 * $wgDBprefix.
1977 *
1978 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1979 * $wgDBmwschema.
1980 *
1981 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1982 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1983 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1984 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1985 */
1986 $wgSharedDB = null;
1987
1988 /**
1989 * @see $wgSharedDB
1990 */
1991 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1992
1993 /**
1994 * @see $wgSharedDB
1995 */
1996 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1997
1998 /**
1999 * @see $wgSharedDB
2000 * @since 1.23
2001 */
2002 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2003
2004 /**
2005 * Database load balancer
2006 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2007 * Fields are:
2008 * - host: Host name
2009 * - dbname: Default database name
2010 * - user: DB user
2011 * - password: DB password
2012 * - type: DB type
2013 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2014 *
2015 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2016 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2017 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2018 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2019 *
2020 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2021 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2022 *
2023 * - flags: bit field
2024 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2025 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2026 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2027 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2028 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2029 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2030 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2031 * if available
2032 *
2033 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2034 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2035 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2036 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2037 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2038 *
2039 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2040 * variable of the Database object.
2041 *
2042 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2043 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2044 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2045 *
2046 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2047 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2048 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2049 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2050 *
2051 * @code
2052 * SET @@read_only=1;
2053 * @endcode
2054 *
2055 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2056 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2057 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2058 */
2059 $wgDBservers = false;
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Load balancer factory configuration
2063 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2064 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2065 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2066 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2067 *
2068 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2069 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2070 */
2071 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2072
2073 /**
2074 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2075 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2076 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2077 * @since 1.27
2078 */
2079 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * File to log database errors to
2083 */
2084 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2085
2086 /**
2087 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2088 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2089 *
2090 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2091 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2092 *
2093 * @par Examples:
2094 * @code
2095 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2096 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2097 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2098 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2099 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2100 * @endcode
2101 *
2102 * @since 1.20
2103 */
2104 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2105
2106 /**
2107 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2108 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2109 *
2110 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2111 *
2112 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2113 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2114 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2115 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2116 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2117 *
2118 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2119 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2120 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2121 *
2122 * @deprecated since 1.31
2123 */
2124 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2125
2126 /**
2127 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2128 *
2129 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2130 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2131 * block).
2132 *
2133 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2134 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2135 * connections.
2136 *
2137 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2138 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2139 * pooled.
2140 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2141 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2142 *
2143 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2144 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2145 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2146 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2147 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2148 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2149 *
2150 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2151 */
2152 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2153
2154 /**
2155 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2156 *
2157 * Array numeric key => database name
2158 */
2159 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2160
2161 /**
2162 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2163 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2164 * show a more obvious warning.
2165 */
2166 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2167
2168 /**
2169 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2170 */
2171 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2175 */
2176 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2177
2178 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2179
2180 /************************************************************************//**
2181 * @name Text storage
2182 * @{
2183 */
2184
2185 /**
2186 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2187 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2188 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2189 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2190 */
2191 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2192
2193 /**
2194 * External stores allow including content
2195 * from non database sources following URL links.
2196 *
2197 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2198 * @code
2199 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2200 * @endcode
2201 *
2202 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2203 */
2204 $wgExternalStores = [];
2205
2206 /**
2207 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2208 *
2209 * @par Example:
2210 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2211 * @code
2212 * $wgExternalServers = [
2213 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2214 * ];
2215 * @endcode
2216 *
2217 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2218 * another class.
2219 */
2220 $wgExternalServers = [];
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2224 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2225 *
2226 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2227 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2228 *
2229 * @par Example:
2230 * @code
2231 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2232 * @endcode
2233 *
2234 * @var array
2235 */
2236 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2240 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2241 *
2242 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2243 */
2244 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2245
2246 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2247
2248 /************************************************************************//**
2249 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2250 * @{
2251 */
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Disable database-intensive features
2255 */
2256 $wgMiserMode = false;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2260 */
2261 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2262
2263 /**
2264 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2265 */
2266 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2270 */
2271 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * Enable slow parser functions
2275 */
2276 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * Allow schema updates
2280 */
2281 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2285 */
2286 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2290 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2291 */
2292 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2293
2294 /**
2295 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2296 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2297 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2298 * @since 1.26
2299 */
2300 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2301
2302 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2303
2304 /************************************************************************//**
2305 * @name Cache settings
2306 * @{
2307 */
2308
2309 /**
2310 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2311 * from the web.
2312 *
2313 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2314 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2315 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2316 */
2317 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2318
2319 /**
2320 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2321 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2322 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2323 *
2324 * The options are:
2325 *
2326 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2327 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2328 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2329 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2330 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2331 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2332 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2333 *
2334 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2335 */
2336 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2337
2338 /**
2339 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2340 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2341 *
2342 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2343 */
2344 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2348 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2349 *
2350 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2351 */
2352 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * The cache type for storing session data.
2356 *
2357 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2363 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2364 *
2365 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2366 *
2367 * @since 1.20
2368 */
2369 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2373 *
2374 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2375 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2376 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2377 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2378 *
2379 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2380 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2381 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2382 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2383 */
2384 $wgObjectCaches = [
2385 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2386 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2387
2388 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2389 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2390 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2391
2392 'db-replicated' => [
2393 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2394 'readFactory' => [
2395 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2396 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2397 ],
2398 'writeFactory' => [
2399 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2400 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2401 ],
2402 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2403 'reportDupes' => false
2404 ],
2405
2406 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2407 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2408 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2409 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2410 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2411 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2412 ];
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2416 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2417 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2418 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2419 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2420 *
2421 * The options are:
2422 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2423 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2424 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2425 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2426 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2427 * @since 1.26
2428 */
2429 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2433 *
2434 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2435 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2436 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2437 *
2438 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2439 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2440 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2441 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2442 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2443 *
2444 * @since 1.26
2445 */
2446 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2447 CACHE_NONE => [
2448 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2449 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2450 'channels' => []
2451 ]
2452 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2453 'memcached-php' => [
2454 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2455 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2456 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2457 ]
2458 */
2459 ];
2460
2461 /**
2462 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2463 *
2464 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2465 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2466 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2467 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2468 *
2469 * @var bool
2470 * @since 1.29
2471 */
2472 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2473
2474 /**
2475 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2476 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2477 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2478 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2479 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2480 *
2481 * The options are:
2482 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2483 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2484 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2485 *
2486 * @since 1.26
2487 */
2488 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2489
2490 /**
2491 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2492 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2493 */
2494 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2495
2496 /**
2497 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2498 */
2499 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2500
2501 /**
2502 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2503 */
2504 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2505
2506 /**
2507 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2508 */
2509 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2510
2511 /**
2512 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2513 *
2514 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2515 *
2516 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2517 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2518 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2519 * others' cookies.
2520 *
2521 * @since 1.27
2522 * @var string
2523 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2524 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2525 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2526 */
2527 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2528
2529 /**
2530 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2531 *
2532 * @since 1.28
2533 */
2534 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2535
2536 /**
2537 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2538 */
2539 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2543 */
2544 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2545
2546 /**
2547 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2548 * requests.
2549 */
2550 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2551
2552 /**
2553 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2554 */
2555 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2559 *
2560 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2561 *
2562 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2563 *
2564 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2565 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2566 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2567 */
2568 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2572 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2573 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2574 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2575 */
2576 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2580 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2581 *
2582 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2583 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2584 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2585 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2586 * otherwise the database will be used.
2587 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2588 * store static arrays.
2589 *
2590 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2591 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2592 *
2593 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2594 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2595 * will be used.
2596 *
2597 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2598 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2599 */
2600 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2601 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2602 'store' => 'detect',
2603 'storeClass' => false,
2604 'storeDirectory' => false,
2605 'manualRecache' => false,
2606 ];
2607
2608 /**
2609 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2610 */
2611 $wgCachePages = true;
2612
2613 /**
2614 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2615 * client-side and server-side caching.
2616 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2617 * @verbatim
2618 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2619 * @endverbatim
2620 */
2621 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2625 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2626 */
2627 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2628
2629 /**
2630 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2631 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2632 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2633 */
2634 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2638 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2639 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2640 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2641 */
2642 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2646 * @deprecated since 1.26
2647 */
2648 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2652 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2653 */
2654 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2655
2656 /**
2657 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2658 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2659 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2660 *
2661 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2662 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2663 * don't update as expected.
2664 */
2665 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2669 */
2670 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2674 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2675 *
2676 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2677 */
2678 $wgUseGzip = false;
2679
2680 /**
2681 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2682 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2683 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2684 * a grace period.
2685 */
2686 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2690 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2691 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2692 *
2693 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2694 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2695 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2696 */
2697 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2701 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2702 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2703 *
2704 * @par Example:
2705 * @code
2706 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2707 * @endcode
2708 *
2709 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2710 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2711 *
2712 * @var int|bool
2713 */
2714 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2715
2716 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2717
2718 /************************************************************************//**
2719 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2720 *
2721 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2722 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2723 *
2724 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2725 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2726 * more details.
2727 *
2728 * @{
2729 */
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Enable/disable CDN.
2733 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2734 */
2735 $wgUseSquid = false;
2736
2737 /**
2738 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2739 */
2740 $wgUseESI = false;
2741
2742 /**
2743 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2744 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2745 * @since 1.27
2746 */
2747 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2748
2749 /**
2750 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2751 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2752 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2753 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2754 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2755 * HTTP redirects.
2756 */
2757 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2758
2759 /**
2760 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2761 *
2762 * @par Example:
2763 * @code
2764 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2765 * @endcode
2766 */
2767 $wgInternalServer = false;
2768
2769 /**
2770 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2771 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2772 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2773 *
2774 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2775 */
2776 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2777
2778 /**
2779 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2780 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2781 * @since 1.27
2782 */
2783 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2784
2785 /**
2786 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2787 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2788 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2789 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2790 *
2791 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2792 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2793 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2794 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2795 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2796 *
2797 * @since 1.27
2798 */
2799 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2800
2801 /**
2802 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2803 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2804 * @since 1.27
2805 */
2806 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2810 *
2811 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2812 */
2813 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2814
2815 /**
2816 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2817 *
2818 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2819 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2820 *
2821 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2822 */
2823 $wgSquidServers = [];
2824
2825 /**
2826 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2827 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2828 * CIDR blocks.
2829 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2830 */
2831 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2832
2833 /**
2834 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2835 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2836 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2837 *
2838 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2839 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2840 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2841 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2842 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2843 *
2844 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2845 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2846 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2847 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2848 * reverse).
2849 *
2850 * @since 1.21
2851 */
2852 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2856 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2857 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2858 *
2859 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2860 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2861 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2862 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2863 *
2864 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2865 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2866 * @code
2867 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2868 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2869 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2870 * 'port' => 4827,
2871 * ],
2872 * '' => [
2873 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2874 * 'port' => 4827,
2875 * ],
2876 * ];
2877 * @endcode
2878 *
2879 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2880 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2881 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2882 *
2883 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2884 * @code
2885 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2886 * '' => [
2887 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2888 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2889 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2890 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2891 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2892 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2893 * ],
2894 * ];
2895 * @endcode
2896 *
2897 * @since 1.22
2898 *
2899 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2900 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2901 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2902 *
2903 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2904 */
2905 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2906
2907 /**
2908 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2909 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2910 */
2911 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2912
2913 /**
2914 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2915 */
2916 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2917
2918 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2919
2920 /************************************************************************//**
2921 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2922 * @{
2923 */
2924
2925 /**
2926 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2927 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2928 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2929 *
2930 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2931 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2932 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2933 *
2934 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2935 * change it in their preferences.
2936 *
2937 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2938 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2939 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2940 */
2941 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2942
2943 /**
2944 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2945 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2946 */
2947 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2948
2949 /**
2950 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2951 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2952 *
2953 * @par Example:
2954 * @code
2955 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2956 * @endcode
2957 */
2958 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2959
2960 /**
2961 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2962 */
2963 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2964
2965 /**
2966 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2967 */
2968 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2969
2970 /**
2971 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2972 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2973 * Notes:
2974 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2975 * map.
2976 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2977 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2978 * this array.
2979 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2980 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2981 * the prefix in this array.
2982 */
2983 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2984
2985 /**
2986 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2987 */
2988 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2989
2990 /**
2991 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2992 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2993 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2994 *
2995 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2996 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2997 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2998 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2999 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3000 *
3001 * @since 1.29
3002 */
3003 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3004 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3005 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3006 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3007 ];
3008
3009 /**
3010 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3011 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3012 *
3013 * @deprecated since 1.29
3014 */
3015 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3016
3017 /**
3018 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3019 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3020 * set to "ar".
3021 *
3022 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3023 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3024 */
3025 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3029 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3030 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3031 * support these characters.
3032 *
3033 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3034 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3035 */
3036 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3040 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3041 * impact.
3042 *
3043 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3044 * details.
3045 *
3046 * @since 1.17
3047 */
3048 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3052 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3053 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3054 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3055 *
3056 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3057 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3058 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3059 */
3060 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3064 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3065 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3066 *
3067 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3068 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3069 * to remain viewable.
3070 *
3071 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3072 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3073 */
3074 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3075
3076 /**
3077 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3078 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3079 */
3080 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3081
3082 /**
3083 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3084 * numerals in interface.
3085 */
3086 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3087
3088 /**
3089 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3090 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3091 */
3092 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3093
3094 /**
3095 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3096 */
3097 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3098
3099 /**
3100 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3101 */
3102 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3103
3104 /**
3105 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3106 */
3107 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3108
3109 /**
3110 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3111 */
3112 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3113
3114 /**
3115 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3116 */
3117 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3121 * used to ease variant development work.
3122 */
3123 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3124
3125 /**
3126 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3127 *
3128 * @par Example:
3129 * @code
3130 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3131 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3132 * @endcode
3133 */
3134 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3135
3136 /**
3137 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3138 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3139 * language variant.
3140 *
3141 * @par Example:
3142 * @code
3143 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3144 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3145 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3146 * @endcode
3147 *
3148 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3149 *
3150 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3151 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3152 */
3153 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3154
3155 /**
3156 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3157 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3158 * customise these.
3159 */
3160 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3161
3162 /**
3163 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3164 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3165 *
3166 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3167 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3168 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3169 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3170 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3171 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3172 * the default behavior.
3173 *
3174 * @par Example:
3175 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3176 * portal:
3177 * @code
3178 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3179 * @endcode
3180 */
3181 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3182
3183 /**
3184 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3185 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3186 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3187 *
3188 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3189 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3190 *
3191 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3192 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3193 *
3194 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3195 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3196 *
3197 * @par Examples:
3198 * @code
3199 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3200 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3201 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3202 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3203 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3204 * @endcode
3205 */
3206 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3207
3208 /**
3209 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3210 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3211 *
3212 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3213 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3214 *
3215 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3216 */
3217 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3218
3219 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3220
3221 /*************************************************************************//**
3222 * @name Output format and skin settings
3223 * @{
3224 */
3225
3226 /**
3227 * The default Content-Type header.
3228 */
3229 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3230
3231 /**
3232 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3233 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3234 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3235 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3236 * @deprecated since 1.22
3237 */
3238 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3242 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3243 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3244 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3245 * @deprecated since 1.22
3246 */
3247 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3251 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3252 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3253 * to true by Setup.php.
3254 * @deprecated since 1.22
3255 */
3256 $wgHtml5 = true;
3257
3258 /**
3259 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3260 *
3261 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3262 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3263 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3264 * @since 1.16
3265 */
3266 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3270 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3271 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3272 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3273 * @since 1.24
3274 */
3275 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3279 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3280 * stable and change has been communicated.
3281 * @since 1.24
3282 */
3283 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Temporary variable that determines whether Special:Preferences should use OOUI or not.
3287 * This will be removed later and OOUI will become the only option.
3288 *
3289 * @since 1.32
3290 */
3291 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3292
3293 /**
3294 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3295 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3296 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3297 *
3298 * @since 1.28
3299 */
3300 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3301
3302 /**
3303 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3304 *
3305 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3306 *
3307 * @par Example:
3308 * @code
3309 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3310 * @endcode
3311 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3312 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3313 *
3314 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3315 */
3316 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3317
3318 /**
3319 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3320 *
3321 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3322 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3323 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3324 */
3325 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3326
3327 /**
3328 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3329 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3330 */
3331 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3332
3333 /**
3334 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3335 *
3336 * @since 1.24
3337 */
3338 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3342 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3343 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3344 */
3345 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3346
3347 /**
3348 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3349 */
3350 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3351
3352 /**
3353 * Allow user Javascript page?
3354 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3355 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3356 */
3357 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3358
3359 /**
3360 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3361 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3362 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3363 */
3364 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3368 *
3369 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3370 * are availabe to users.
3371 */
3372 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3376 */
3377 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3378
3379 /**
3380 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3381 */
3382 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3383
3384 /**
3385 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3386 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3387 */
3388 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3389
3390 /**
3391 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3392 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3393 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3394 *
3395 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3396 *
3397 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3398 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3399 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3400 *
3401 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3402 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3403 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3404 * recommended.
3405 *
3406 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3407 * not just edit pages.
3408 */
3409 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3410
3411 /**
3412 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3413 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3414 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3415 * Options are:
3416 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3417 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3418 * - false: Allow all framing.
3419 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3420 */
3421 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3422
3423 /**
3424 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3425 */
3426 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3427
3428 /**
3429 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3430 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3431 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3432 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3433 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3434 *
3435 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3436 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3437 * a page.
3438 *
3439 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3440 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3441 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3442 * would still work.
3443 *
3444 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3445 *
3446 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3447 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3448 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3449 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3450 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3451 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3452 * fragment mode is used.
3453 *
3454 * @since 1.30
3455 */
3456 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3457
3458 /**
3459 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3460 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3461 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3462 * to 'html5'.
3463 *
3464 * @since 1.30
3465 */
3466 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3467
3468 /**
3469 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3470 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3471 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3472 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3473 *
3474 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3475 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3476 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3477 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3478 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3479 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3480 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3481 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3482 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3483 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3484 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3485 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3486 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3487 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3488 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3489 * not be outputted
3490 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3491 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3492 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3493 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3494 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3495 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3496 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3497 */
3498 $wgFooterIcons = [
3499 "copyright" => [
3500 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3501 ],
3502 "poweredby" => [
3503 "mediawiki" => [
3504 // Defaults to point at
3505 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3506 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3507 "src" => null,
3508 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3509 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3510 ]
3511 ],
3512 ];
3513
3514 /**
3515 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3516 * to create an account.
3517 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3518 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3519 */
3520 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3521
3522 /**
3523 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3524 */
3525 $wgEdititis = false;
3526
3527 /**
3528 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3529 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3530 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3531 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3532 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3533 *
3534 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3535 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3536 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3537 */
3538 $wgSend404Code = true;
3539
3540 /**
3541 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3542 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3543 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3544 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3545 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3546 *
3547 * @since 1.20
3548 */
3549 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3550
3551 /**
3552 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3553 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3554 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3555 * unconditionally.
3556 */
3557 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3558
3559 /**
3560 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3561 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3562 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3563 * the domain root.
3564 *
3565 * @since 1.25
3566 */
3567 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3568
3569 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3570
3571 /*************************************************************************//**
3572 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3573 * @{
3574 */
3575
3576 /**
3577 * Client-side resource modules.
3578 *
3579 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3580 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3581 *
3582 * @par Example:
3583 * @code
3584 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3585 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3586 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3587 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3588 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3589 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3590 * ];
3591 * @endcode
3592 */
3593 $wgResourceModules = [];
3594
3595 /**
3596 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3597 *
3598 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3599 * not be modified or disabled.
3600 *
3601 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3602 *
3603 * @par Example:
3604 * @code
3605 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3606 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3607 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3608 * ];
3609 *
3610 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3611 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3612 * ];
3613 * @endcode
3614 *
3615 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3616 *
3617 * @par Equivalent:
3618 * @code
3619 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3620 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3621 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3622 * 'skinStyles' => [
3623 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3624 * ],
3625 * ];
3626 * @endcode
3627 *
3628 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3629 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3630 *
3631 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3632 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3633 *
3634 * @par Example:
3635 * @code
3636 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3637 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3638 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3639 * 'skinStyles' => [
3640 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3641 * ],
3642 * ];
3643 * // Note the '+' character:
3644 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3645 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3646 * ];
3647 * @endcode
3648 *
3649 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3650 *
3651 * @par Equivalent:
3652 * @code
3653 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3654 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3655 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3656 * 'skinStyles' => [
3657 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3658 * 'foo' => [
3659 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3660 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3661 * ],
3662 * ],
3663 * ];
3664 * @endcode
3665 *
3666 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3667 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3668 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3669 *
3670 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3671 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3672 *
3673 * @par Example:
3674 * @code
3675 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3676 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3677 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3678 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3679 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3680 * ];
3681 * @endcode
3682 */
3683 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3684
3685 /**
3686 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3687 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3688 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3689 *
3690 * @par Example:
3691 * @code
3692 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3693 * @endcode
3694 */
3695 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3696
3697 /**
3698 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3699 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3700 */
3701 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3702
3703 /**
3704 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3705 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3706 *
3707 * Following options to distinguish:
3708 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3709 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3710 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3711 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3712 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3713 *
3714 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3715 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3716 * client and MediaWiki.
3717 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3718 */
3719 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3720 'versioned' => [
3721 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3722 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3723 ],
3724 'unversioned' => [
3725 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3726 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3727 ],
3728 ];
3729
3730 /**
3731 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3732 *
3733 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3734 */
3735 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3736
3737 /**
3738 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3739 *
3740 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3741 */
3742 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3746 *
3747 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3748 * work.
3749 *
3750 * @par Example of legacy code:
3751 * @code{,js}
3752 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3753 * @endcode
3754 * or:
3755 * @code{,js}
3756 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3757 * @endcode
3758 *
3759 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3760 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3761 * @code{,js}
3762 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3763 * @endcode
3764 * or:
3765 * @code{,js}
3766 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3767 * @endcode
3768 */
3769 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3770
3771 /**
3772 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3773 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3774 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3775 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3776 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3777 * that you can't increase.
3778 *
3779 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3780 * string length limit.
3781 *
3782 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3783 */
3784 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3785
3786 /**
3787 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3788 * prior to minification to validate it.
3789 *
3790 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3791 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3792 */
3793 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3794
3795 /**
3796 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3797 *
3798 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3799 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3800 *
3801 * @since 1.32
3802 */
3803 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3804
3805 /**
3806 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3807 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3808 */
3809 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3813 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3814 *
3815 * @since 1.23
3816 */
3817 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3818
3819 /**
3820 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3821 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3822 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3823 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3824 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3825 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3826 * from the rest of the site.
3827 *
3828 * @since 1.25
3829 */
3830 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3831
3832 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3833
3834 /*************************************************************************//**
3835 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3836 * @{
3837 */
3838
3839 /**
3840 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3841 * used instead.
3842 */
3843 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3844
3845 /**
3846 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3847 *
3848 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3849 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3850 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3851 */
3852 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3853
3854 /**
3855 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3856 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3857 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3858 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3859 * hook or extension.json.
3860 *
3861 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3862 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3863 * the new namespace name.
3864 *
3865 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3866 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3867 *
3868 * @par Example:
3869 * @code
3870 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3871 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3872 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3873 * 102 => "Aide",
3874 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3875 * ];
3876 * @endcode
3877 *
3878 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3879 */
3880 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3881
3882 /**
3883 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3884 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3885 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3886 * @since 1.18
3887 */
3888 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3889
3890 /**
3891 * Namespace aliases.
3892 *
3893 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3894 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3895 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3896 * name.
3897 *
3898 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3899 *
3900 * @par Example:
3901 * @code
3902 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3903 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3904 * 'Help' => 100,
3905 * ];
3906 * @endcode
3907 */
3908 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3909
3910 /**
3911 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3912 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3913 *
3914 * Problematic punctuation:
3915 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3916 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3917 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3918 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3919 * corrupted by apache
3920 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3921 *
3922 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3923 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3924 *
3925 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3926 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3927 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3928 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3929 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3930 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3931 *
3932 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3933 */
3934 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3935
3936 /**
3937 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3938 *
3939 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3940 */
3941 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3942
3943 /**
3944 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3945 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3946 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3947 *
3948 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3949 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3950 */
3951 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3952
3953 /**
3954 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3955 */
3956 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3957
3958 /**
3959 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3960 * @{
3961 */
3962
3963 /**
3964 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3965 * database (.cdb) file.
3966 *
3967 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3968 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3969 * formats such as the following:
3970 *
3971 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3972 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3973 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3974 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3975 *
3976 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3977 * data layout.
3978 *
3979 * @var bool|array|string
3980 */
3981 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3982
3983 /**
3984 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3985 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3986 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3987 * - 3: site levels
3988 */
3989 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3990
3991 /**
3992 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3993 */
3994 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3995
3996 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3997
3998 /**
3999 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4000 * @{
4001 */
4002
4003 /**
4004 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4005 */
4006 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4007
4008 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4009
4010 /**
4011 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4012 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4013 * as 'redirected from' links.
4014 *
4015 * @par Example:
4016 * It might look something like this:
4017 * @code
4018 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4019 * @endcode
4020 *
4021 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4022 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4023 * the URL.
4024 */
4025 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4026
4027 /**
4028 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4029 *
4030 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4031 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4032 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4033 */
4034 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4035
4036 /**
4037 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4038 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4039 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4040 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4041 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4042 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4043 * NS_FILE.
4044 *
4045 * @par Example:
4046 * @code
4047 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4048 * @endcode
4049 */
4050 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4051
4052 /**
4053 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4054 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4055 */
4056 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4057 NS_TALK => true,
4058 NS_USER => true,
4059 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4060 NS_PROJECT => true,
4061 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4062 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4063 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4064 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4065 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4066 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4067 NS_HELP => true,
4068 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4069 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4070 ];
4071
4072 /**
4073 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4074 *
4075 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4076 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4077 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4078 *
4079 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4080 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4081 *
4082 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4083 * the new extension registration system.
4084 *
4085 * @since 1.23
4086 */
4087 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4088
4089 /**
4090 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4091 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4092 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4093 * number of articles in the wiki.
4094 */
4095 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4096
4097 /**
4098 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4099 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4100 * be shown on that page.
4101 * @since 1.30
4102 */
4103 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4104
4105 /**
4106 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4107 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4108 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4109 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4110 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4111 */
4112 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4113
4114 /**
4115 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4116 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4117 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4118 */
4119 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4120
4121 /**
4122 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4123 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4124 * will make the redirect fail.
4125 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4126 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4127 *
4128 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4129 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4130 */
4131 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4132
4133 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4134
4135 /************************************************************************//**
4136 * @name Parser settings
4137 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4138 * @{
4139 */
4140
4141 /**
4142 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4143 *
4144 * class The class name
4145 *
4146 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4147 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4148 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4149 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4150 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4151 *
4152 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4153 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4154 *
4155 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4156 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4157 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4158 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4159 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4160 * an extension setup function.
4161 */
4162 $wgParserConf = [
4163 'class' => Parser::class,
4164 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4165 ];
4166
4167 /**
4168 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4169 */
4170 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4171
4172 /**
4173 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4174 * by PPFrame::expand()
4175 */
4176 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4180 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4181 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4182 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4183 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4184 *
4185 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4186 */
4187 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4188
4189 /**
4190 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4191 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4192 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4193 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4194 */
4195 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4196
4197 /**
4198 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4199 */
4200 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4201
4202 /**
4203 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4204 *
4205 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4206 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4207 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4208 * more information.
4209 *
4210 * @see wfParseUrl
4211 */
4212 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4213 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4214 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4215 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4216 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4217 ];
4218
4219 /**
4220 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4221 */
4222 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4223
4224 /**
4225 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4226 */
4227 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4228
4229 /**
4230 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4231 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4232 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4233 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4234 *
4235 * @par Examples:
4236 * @code
4237 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4238 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4239 * @endcode
4240 */
4241 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4242
4243 /**
4244 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4245 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4246 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4247 * The image will be displayed.
4248 *
4249 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4250 * Or false to disable it
4251 */
4252 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4253
4254 /**
4255 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4256 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4257 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4258 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4259 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4260 * sites they control.
4261 */
4262 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4263
4264 /**
4265 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4266 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4267 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4268 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4269 *
4270 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4271 * parameters will be used instead.
4272 *
4273 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4274 *
4275 * Keys are:
4276 * - driver: May be:
4277 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4278 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4279 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4280 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4281 *
4282 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4283 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4284 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4285 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4286 */
4287 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4288
4289 /**
4290 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4291 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4292 */
4293 $wgUseTidy = false;
4294
4295 /**
4296 * The path to the tidy binary.
4297 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4298 */
4299 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4300
4301 /**
4302 * The path to the tidy config file
4303 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4304 */
4305 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4306
4307 /**
4308 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4309 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4310 */
4311 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4312
4313 /**
4314 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4315 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4316 */
4317 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4318
4319 /**
4320 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4321 * Only works for internal tidy.
4322 */
4323 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4324
4325 /**
4326 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4327 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4328 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4329 */
4330 $wgRawHtml = false;
4331
4332 /**
4333 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4334 *
4335 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4336 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4337 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4338 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4339 * to some of your users.
4340 */
4341 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4342
4343 /**
4344 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4345 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4346 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4347 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4348 */
4349 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4350
4351 /**
4352 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4353 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4354 */
4355 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4356
4357 /**
4358 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4359 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4360 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4361 *
4362 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4363 *
4364 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4365 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4366 * etc.
4367 *
4368 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4369 */
4370 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4374 */
4375 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4376
4377 /**
4378 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4379 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4380 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4381 */
4382 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4383
4384 /**
4385 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4386 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4387 */
4388 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4389
4390 /**
4391 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4392 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4393 */
4394 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4395
4396 /**
4397 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4398 */
4399 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4400
4401 /**
4402 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4403 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4404 */
4405 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4406
4407 /**
4408 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4409 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4410 *
4411 * @since 1.28
4412 */
4413 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4414 'ISBN' => false,
4415 'PMID' => false,
4416 'RFC' => false
4417 ];
4418
4419 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4420
4421 /************************************************************************//**
4422 * @name Statistics
4423 * @{
4424 */
4425
4426 /**
4427 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4428 * as a valid article.
4429 *
4430 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4431 *
4432 * This variable can have the following values:
4433 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4434 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4435 *
4436 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4437 *
4438 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4439 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4440 * script.
4441 */
4442 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4443
4444 /**
4445 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4446 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4447 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4448 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4449 * numbers between different wikis.
4450 */
4451 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4452
4453 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4454
4455 /************************************************************************//**
4456 * @name User accounts, authentication
4457 * @{
4458 */
4459
4460 /**
4461 * Central ID lookup providers
4462 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4463 * @since 1.27
4464 */
4465 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4466 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4467 ];
4468
4469 /**
4470 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4471 * @var string
4472 */
4473 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4474
4475 /**
4476 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4477 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4478 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4479 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4480 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4481 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4482 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4483 * Statements:
4484 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4485 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4486 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4487 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4488 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4489 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4490 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4491 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4492 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4493 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4494 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4495 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4496 * @since 1.26
4497 */
4498 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4499 'policies' => [
4500 'bureaucrat' => [
4501 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4502 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4503 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4504 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4505 ],
4506 'sysop' => [
4507 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4508 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4509 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4510 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4511 ],
4512 'interface-admin' => [
4513 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4514 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4515 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4516 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4517 ],
4518 'bot' => [
4519 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4520 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4521 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4522 ],
4523 'default' => [
4524 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4525 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4526 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4527 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4528 ],
4529 ],
4530 'checks' => [
4531 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4532 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4533 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4534 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4535 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4536 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4537 ],
4538 ];
4539
4540 /**
4541 * Configure AuthManager
4542 *
4543 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4544 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4545 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4546 * (default is 0).
4547 *
4548 * Elements are:
4549 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4550 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4551 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4552 *
4553 * @since 1.27
4554 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4555 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4556 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4557 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4558 */
4559 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4560
4561 /**
4562 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4563 * @since 1.27
4564 */
4565 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4566 'preauth' => [
4567 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4568 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4569 'sort' => 0,
4570 ],
4571 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4572 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4573 'sort' => 0,
4574 ],
4575 ],
4576 'primaryauth' => [
4577 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4578 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4579 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4580 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4581 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4582 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4583 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4584 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4585 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4586 'args' => [ [
4587 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4588 'authoritative' => false,
4589 ] ],
4590 'sort' => 0,
4591 ],
4592 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4593 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4594 'args' => [ [
4595 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4596 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4597 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4598 // password") if it too fails.
4599 'authoritative' => true,
4600 ] ],
4601 'sort' => 100,
4602 ],
4603 ],
4604 'secondaryauth' => [
4605 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4606 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4607 'sort' => 0,
4608 ],
4609 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4610 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4611 'sort' => 100,
4612 ],
4613 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4614 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4615 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4616 // 'sort' => 100,
4617 // ],
4618 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4619 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4620 'sort' => 200,
4621 ],
4622 ],
4623 ];
4624
4625 /**
4626 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4627 *
4628 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4629 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4630 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4631 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4632 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4633 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4634 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4635 * that needs to do this.
4636 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4637 * the last X seconds.
4638 * - Come up with a third option.
4639 *
4640 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4641 * "X seconds".
4642 *
4643 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4644 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4645 * - LinkAccounts
4646 * - UnlinkAccount
4647 * - ChangeCredentials
4648 * - RemoveCredentials
4649 * - ChangeEmail
4650 *
4651 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4652 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4653 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4654 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4655 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4656 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4657 *
4658 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4659 *
4660 * @since 1.27
4661 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4662 */
4663 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4664 'default' => 300,
4665 ];
4666
4667 /**
4668 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4669 *
4670 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4671 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4672 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4673 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4674 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4675 *
4676 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4677 *
4678 * @since 1.27
4679 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4680 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4681 */
4682 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4683 'default' => true,
4684 ];
4685
4686 /**
4687 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4688 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4689 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4690 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4691 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4692 * @since 1.27
4693 * @var string[]
4694 */
4695 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4696 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4697 ];
4698
4699 /**
4700 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4701 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4702 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4703 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4704 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4705 * @since 1.27
4706 * @var string[]
4707 */
4708 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4709 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4710 ];
4711
4712 /**
4713 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4714 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4715 */
4716 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4717
4718 /**
4719 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4720 * words are allowed.
4721 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4722 */
4723 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4724
4725 /**
4726 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4727 *
4728 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4729 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4730 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4731 *
4732 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4733 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4734 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4735 */
4736 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4737
4738 /**
4739 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4740 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4741 * @since 1.23
4742 */
4743 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4747 *
4748 * @since 1.24
4749 */
4750 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4751
4752 /**
4753 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4754 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4755 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4756 *
4757 * An advanced example:
4758 * @code
4759 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4760 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4761 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4762 * 'secrets' => [
4763 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4764 * ],
4765 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4766 * ];
4767 * @endcode
4768 *
4769 * @since 1.24
4770 */
4771 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4772 'A' => [
4773 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4774 ],
4775 'B' => [
4776 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4777 ],
4778 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4779 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4780 'types' => [
4781 'A',
4782 'pbkdf2',
4783 ],
4784 ],
4785 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4786 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4787 'types' => [
4788 'B',
4789 'pbkdf2',
4790 ],
4791 ],
4792 'bcrypt' => [
4793 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4794 'cost' => 9,
4795 ],
4796 'pbkdf2' => [
4797 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4798 'algo' => 'sha512',
4799 'cost' => '30000',
4800 'length' => '64',
4801 ],
4802 ];
4803
4804 /**
4805 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4806 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4807 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4808 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4809 */
4810 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4811 'username' => true,
4812 'email' => true,
4813 ];
4814
4815 /**
4816 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4817 */
4818 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4819
4820 /**
4821 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4822 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4823 */
4824 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4825
4826 /**
4827 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4828 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4829 */
4830 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4831 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4832 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4833 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4834 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4835 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4836 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4837 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4838 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4839 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4840 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4841 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4842 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4843 ];
4844
4845 /**
4846 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4847 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4848 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4849 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4850 */
4851 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4852 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4853 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4854 'date' => 'default',
4855 'diffonly' => 0,
4856 'disablemail' => 0,
4857 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4858 'editondblclick' => 0,
4859 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4860 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4861 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4862 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4863 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4864 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4865 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4866 'fancysig' => 0,
4867 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4868 'gender' => 'unknown',
4869 'hideminor' => 0,
4870 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4871 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4872 'imagesize' => 2,
4873 'minordefault' => 0,
4874 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4875 'nickname' => '',
4876 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4877 'numberheadings' => 0,
4878 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4879 'previewontop' => 1,
4880 'rcdays' => 7,
4881 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4882 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4883 'rclimit' => 50,
4884 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4885 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4886 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4887 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4888 'skin' => false,
4889 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4890 'thumbsize' => 5,
4891 'underline' => 2,
4892 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4893 'usenewrc' => 1,
4894 'watchcreations' => 1,
4895 'watchdefault' => 1,
4896 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4897 'watchuploads' => 1,
4898 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4899 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4900 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4901 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4902 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4903 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4904 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4906 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4907 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4908 'watchmoves' => 0,
4909 'watchrollback' => 0,
4910 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4911 'wllimit' => 250,
4912 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4913 'prefershttps' => 1,
4914 ];
4915
4916 /**
4917 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4918 */
4919 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4920
4921 /**
4922 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4923 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4924 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4925 */
4926 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4930 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4931 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4932 *
4933 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4934 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4935 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4936 */
4937 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4938
4939 /**
4940 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4941 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4942 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4943 * @since 1.17
4944 */
4945 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4946
4947 /**
4948 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4949 *
4950 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4951 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4952 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4953 *
4954 * @since 1.27
4955 * @var string|null
4956 */
4957 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4958
4959 /**
4960 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4961 *
4962 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4963 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4964 *
4965 * @since 1.27
4966 */
4967 $wgSessionProviders = [
4968 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4969 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4970 'args' => [ [
4971 'priority' => 30,
4972 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4973 ] ],
4974 ],
4975 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4976 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4977 'args' => [ [
4978 'priority' => 75,
4979 ] ],
4980 ],
4981 ];
4982
4983 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4984
4985 /************************************************************************//**
4986 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4987 * @{
4988 */
4989
4990 /**
4991 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4992 */
4993 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4994
4995 /**
4996 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4997 */
4998 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4999
5000 /**
5001 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5002 */
5003 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5007 *
5008 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5009 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5010 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5011 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5012 *
5013 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5014 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5015 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5016 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5017 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5018 */
5019 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5020 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5021 'IPv6' => 19,
5022 ];
5023
5024 /**
5025 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5026 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5027 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5028 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5029 * anonymous visitors.
5030 */
5031 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5032
5033 /**
5034 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5035 *
5036 * @par Example:
5037 * @code
5038 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5039 * @endcode
5040 *
5041 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5042 *
5043 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5044 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5045 *
5046 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5047 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5048 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5049 *
5050 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5051 * hook instead.
5052 */
5053 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5054
5055 /**
5056 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5057 *
5058 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5059 * is without underscore.
5060 *
5061 * @par Example:
5062 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5063 * @code
5064 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5065 * @endcode
5066 *
5067 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5068 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5069 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5070 *
5071 * @par Example:
5072 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5073 * @code
5074 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5075 * @endcode
5076 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5077 *
5078 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5079 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5080 */
5081 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5082
5083 /**
5084 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5085 * address before being allowed to edit?
5086 */
5087 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5088
5089 /**
5090 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5091 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5092 */
5093 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5094
5095 /**
5096 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5097 *
5098 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5099 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5100 *
5101 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5102 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5103 *
5104 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5105 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5106 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5107 * in in the user_groups table.
5108 *
5109 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5110 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5111 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5112 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5113 *
5114 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5115 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5116 *
5117 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5118 */
5119 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5120
5121 /** @cond file_level_code */
5122 // Implicit group for all visitors
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5134 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5135
5136 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5159
5160 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5163
5164 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5165 // from various log pages by default
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5174
5175 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5179 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5181 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5183 // can view deleted revision text
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5216 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5220
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5228
5229 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5232 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5233 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5234 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5235 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5236
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5239 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5240 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5241 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5242 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5243 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5244 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5245 // For private suppression log access
5246 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5247
5248 /**
5249 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5250 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5251 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5252 * server.
5253 */
5254 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5255
5256 /** @endcond */
5257
5258 /**
5259 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5260 *
5261 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5262 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5263 *
5264 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5265 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5266 */
5267 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5268
5269 /**
5270 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5271 */
5272 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5276 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5277 *
5278 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5279 * group".
5280 *
5281 * @par Example:
5282 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5283 * @code
5284 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5285 * @endcode
5286 *
5287 * @par Example:
5288 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5289 * @code
5290 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5291 * @endcode
5292 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5293 * any group that they happen to be in.
5294 */
5295 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5296
5297 /**
5298 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5299 */
5300 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5301
5302 /**
5303 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5304 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5305 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5306 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5307 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5308 */
5309 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5310
5311 /**
5312 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5313 *
5314 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5315 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5316 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5317 *
5318 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5319 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5320 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5321 */
5322 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5326 *
5327 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5328 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5329 *
5330 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5331 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5332 */
5333 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5334
5335 /**
5336 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5337 *
5338 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5339 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5340 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5341 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5342 * "semiprotected".
5343 *
5344 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5345 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5346 */
5347 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5348
5349 /**
5350 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5351 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5352 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5353 *
5354 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5355 */
5356 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5357
5358 /**
5359 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5360 *
5361 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5362 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5363 *
5364 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5365 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5366 */
5367 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5368
5369 /**
5370 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5371 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5372 * privileges of new accounts.
5373 *
5374 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5375 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5376 *
5377 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5378 *
5379 * @par Example:
5380 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5381 * @code
5382 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5383 * @endcode
5384 * Set age to one day:
5385 * @code
5386 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5387 * @endcode
5388 */
5389 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5390
5391 /**
5392 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5393 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5394 *
5395 * @par Example:
5396 * @code
5397 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5398 * @endcode
5399 */
5400 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5401
5402 /**
5403 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5404 *
5405 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5406 *
5407 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5408 * 'groupname' => cond,
5409 * 'group2' => cond2,
5410 * );
5411 *
5412 * A `cond` may be:
5413 * - a single condition without arguments:
5414 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5415 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5416 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5417 * - a single condition with arguments:
5418 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5419 * - a set of conditions:
5420 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5421 *
5422 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5423 * - `&` (**AND**):
5424 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5425 * - `|` (**OR**):
5426 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5427 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5428 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5429 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5430 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5431 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5432 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5433 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5434 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5435 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5436 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5437 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5438 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5439 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5440 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5441 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5442 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5443 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5444 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5445 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5446 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5447 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5448 * true if the user is blocked
5449 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5450 * true if the user is a bot
5451 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5452 *
5453 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5454 * linked by operands.
5455 *
5456 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5457 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5458 */
5459 $wgAutopromote = [
5460 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5461 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5462 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5463 ],
5464 ];
5465
5466 /**
5467 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5468 *
5469 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5470 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5471 *
5472 * The format is:
5473 * @code
5474 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5475 * @endcode
5476 * Where event is either:
5477 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5478 *
5479 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5480 *
5481 * @see $wgAutopromote
5482 * @since 1.18
5483 */
5484 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5485 'onEdit' => [],
5486 ];
5487
5488 /**
5489 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5490 * @since 1.18
5491 */
5492 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5493
5494 /**
5495 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5496 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5497 *
5498 * @par Example:
5499 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5500 * @code
5501 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5502 * @endcode
5503 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5504 * @code
5505 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5506 * @endcode
5507 * Sysops can make bots:
5508 * @code
5509 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5510 * @endcode
5511 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5512 * @code
5513 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5514 * @endcode
5515 */
5516 $wgAddGroups = [];
5517
5518 /**
5519 * @see $wgAddGroups
5520 */
5521 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5522
5523 /**
5524 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5525 * For extensions only.
5526 */
5527 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5528
5529 /**
5530 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5531 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5532 */
5533 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5534
5535 /**
5536 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5537 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5538 * This is limited for performance reason.
5539 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5540 * @since 1.23
5541 */
5542 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5543
5544 /**
5545 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5546 *
5547 * @par Example:
5548 * @code
5549 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5550 * // no more than 100 per month
5551 * [
5552 * 'count' => 100,
5553 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5554 * ],
5555 * // no more than 10 per day
5556 * [
5557 * 'count' => 10,
5558 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5559 * ],
5560 * ];
5561 * @endcode
5562 *
5563 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5564 */
5565 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5566 'count' => 0,
5567 'seconds' => 86400,
5568 ] ];
5569
5570 /**
5571 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5572 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5573 *
5574 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5575 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5576 *
5577 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5578 *
5579 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5580 */
5581 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5585 */
5586 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5587
5588 /**
5589 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5590 * proxies
5591 * @since 1.16
5592 */
5593 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5594
5595 /**
5596 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5597 *
5598 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5599 * the blacklist require a key).
5600 *
5601 * @par Example:
5602 * @code
5603 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5604 * // String containing URL
5605 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5606 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5607 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5608 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5609 * // just use a string as shown above
5610 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5611 * ];
5612 * @endcode
5613 *
5614 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5615 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5616 * @since 1.16
5617 */
5618 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5619
5620 /**
5621 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5622 * what the other methods might say.
5623 */
5624 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5625
5626 /**
5627 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5628 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5629 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5630 * @since 1.29
5631 * @var string[]
5632 */
5633 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5634
5635 /**
5636 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5637 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5638 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5639 */
5640 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5641
5642 /**
5643 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5644 *
5645 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5646 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5647 * elapses.
5648 *
5649 * @par Example:
5650 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5651 * @code
5652 * $wgRateLimits = [
5653 * 'edit' => [
5654 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5655 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5656 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5657 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5658 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5659 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5660 * ]
5661 * ];
5662 * @endcode
5663 *
5664 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5665 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5666 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5667 * @code
5668 * $wgRateLimits = [
5669 * 'some-action' => [
5670 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5671 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5672 * ];
5673 * @endcode
5674 *
5675 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5676 */
5677 $wgRateLimits = [
5678 // Page edits
5679 'edit' => [
5680 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5681 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5682 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5683 ],
5684 // Page moves
5685 'move' => [
5686 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5687 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5688 ],
5689 // File uploads
5690 'upload' => [
5691 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5692 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5693 ],
5694 // Page rollbacks
5695 'rollback' => [
5696 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5697 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5698 ],
5699 // Triggering password resets emails
5700 'mailpassword' => [
5701 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5702 ],
5703 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5704 'emailuser' => [
5705 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5706 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5707 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5708 ],
5709 // Purging pages
5710 'purge' => [
5711 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5712 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Purges of link tables
5715 'linkpurge' => [
5716 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5717 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5718 ],
5719 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5720 'renderfile' => [
5721 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5722 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5723 ],
5724 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5725 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5726 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5727 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5728 ],
5729 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5730 'stashedit' => [
5731 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5732 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5733 ],
5734 // Adding or removing change tags
5735 'changetag' => [
5736 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5737 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5738 ],
5739 // Changing the content model of a page
5740 'editcontentmodel' => [
5741 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5742 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5743 ],
5744 ];
5745
5746 /**
5747 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5748 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5749 */
5750 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5751
5752 /**
5753 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5754 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5755 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5756 */
5757 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5758
5759 /**
5760 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5761 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5762 */
5763 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5764
5765 /**
5766 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5767 *
5768 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5769 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5770 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5771 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5772 *
5773 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5774 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5775 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5776 */
5777 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5778 // Short term limit
5779 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5780 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5781 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5782 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5783 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5784 ];
5785
5786 /**
5787 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5788 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5789 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5790 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5791 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5792 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5793 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5794 * @since 1.27
5795 */
5796 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5797
5798 // @TODO: clean up grants
5799 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5800
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5816
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5824
5825 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5837
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5868
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5872
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5874
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5893
5894 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5895
5896 /**
5897 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5898 * @since 1.27
5899 */
5900 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5901 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5902 'basic' => 'hidden',
5903
5904 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5905 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5906 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5907 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5908
5909 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5910 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5911
5912 'sendemail' => 'email',
5913
5914 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5915 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5916
5917 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5918 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5919
5920 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5921 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5922 'rollback' => 'administration',
5923 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5924 'delete' => 'administration',
5925 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5926 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5927 'protect' => 'administration',
5928 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5929
5930 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5931
5932 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5933 ];
5934
5935 /**
5936 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5937 * @since 1.27
5938 */
5939 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5940
5941 /**
5942 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5943 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5944 * @since 1.27
5945 */
5946 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5947
5948 /**
5949 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5950 *
5951 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5952 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5953 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5954 * @since 1.27
5955 */
5956 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5957
5958 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5959
5960 /************************************************************************//**
5961 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5962 * @{
5963 */
5964
5965 /**
5966 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5967 */
5968 $wgSecretKey = false;
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5972 *
5973 * This can have the following formats:
5974 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5975 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5976 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5977 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5978 */
5979 $wgProxyList = [];
5980
5981 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5982
5983 /************************************************************************//**
5984 * @name Cookie settings
5985 * @{
5986 */
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5990 */
5991 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5995 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5996 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5997 * login cookies session-only.
5998 */
5999 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6000
6001 /**
6002 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6003 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6004 */
6005 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6006
6007 /**
6008 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6009 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6010 */
6011 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6012
6013 /**
6014 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6015 * - true: Set secure flag
6016 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6017 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6018 */
6019 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6020
6021 /**
6022 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6023 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6024 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6025 * check.
6026 */
6027 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6031 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6032 * name to be used as a prefix.
6033 */
6034 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6035
6036 /**
6037 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6038 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6039 * XSS attack.
6040 */
6041 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6042
6043 /**
6044 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6045 */
6046 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6047
6048 /**
6049 * Override to customise the session name
6050 */
6051 $wgSessionName = false;
6052
6053 /**
6054 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6055 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6056 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6057 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6058 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6059 */
6060 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6061
6062 /**
6063 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6064 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6065 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6066 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6067 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6068 */
6069 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6070
6071 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6072
6073 /************************************************************************//**
6074 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6075 * @{
6076 */
6077
6078 /**
6079 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6080 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6081 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6082 * Please see math/README for more information.
6083 */
6084 $wgUseTeX = false;
6085
6086 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6087
6088 /************************************************************************//**
6089 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6090 *
6091 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6092 *
6093 * @{
6094 */
6095
6096 /**
6097 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6098 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6099 * may contain private data.
6100 */
6101 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6102
6103 /**
6104 * Prefix for debug log lines
6105 */
6106 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6107
6108 /**
6109 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6110 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6111 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6112 */
6113 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6114
6115 /**
6116 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6117 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6118 * and gen=js requests.
6119 */
6120 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6124 *
6125 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6126 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6127 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6128 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6129 */
6130 $wgDebugComments = false;
6131
6132 /**
6133 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6134 *
6135 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6136 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6137 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6138 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6139 */
6140 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6141
6142 /**
6143 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6144 *
6145 * @since 1.26
6146 */
6147 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6148 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6149 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6150 'GET' => [
6151 'masterConns' => 0,
6152 'writes' => 0,
6153 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6154 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6155 ],
6156 // HTTP POST requests.
6157 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6158 'POST' => [
6159 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6160 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6161 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6162 'maxAffected' => 1000
6163 ],
6164 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6165 'masterConns' => 0,
6166 'writes' => 0,
6167 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6168 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6169 ],
6170 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6171 'PostSend-GET' => [
6172 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6173 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6174 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6175 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6176 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6177 'masterConns' => 0,
6178 'writes' => 0,
6179 ],
6180 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6181 'PostSend-POST' => [
6182 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6183 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6184 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6185 'maxAffected' => 1000
6186 ],
6187 // Background job runner
6188 'JobRunner' => [
6189 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6190 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6191 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6192 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6193 ],
6194 // Command-line scripts
6195 'Maintenance' => [
6196 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6197 'maxAffected' => 1000
6198 ]
6199 ];
6200
6201 /**
6202 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6203 *
6204 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6205 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6206 * in production.
6207 *
6208 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6209 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6210 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6211 * - associative array with keys:
6212 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6213 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6214 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6215 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6216 *
6217 * @par Example:
6218 * @code
6219 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6220 * @endcode
6221 *
6222 * @par Advanced example:
6223 * @code
6224 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6225 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6226 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6227 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6228 * ];
6229 * @endcode
6230 */
6231 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6232
6233 /**
6234 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6235 *
6236 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6237 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6238 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6239 * details.
6240 *
6241 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6242 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6243 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6244 *
6245 * @par To completely disable logging:
6246 * @code
6247 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6248 * @endcode
6249 *
6250 * @since 1.25
6251 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6252 * @see MwLogger
6253 */
6254 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6255 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6256 ];
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6260 *
6261 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6262 */
6263 $wgShowDebug = false;
6264
6265 /**
6266 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6267 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6268 */
6269 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6270
6271 /**
6272 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6273 */
6274 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6278 */
6279 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6280
6281 /**
6282 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6283 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6284 * to an attacker.
6285 *
6286 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6287 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6288 */
6289 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6290
6291 /**
6292 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6293 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6294 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6295 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6296 */
6297 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6298
6299 /**
6300 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6301 *
6302 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6303 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6304 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6305 * exception handler.
6306 *
6307 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6308 */
6309 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6310
6311 /**
6312 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6313 */
6314 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6318 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6319 */
6320 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6321
6322 /**
6323 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6324 */
6325 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6326
6327 /**
6328 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6329 * Should be a string, default false.
6330 * @since 1.20
6331 */
6332 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6336 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6337 */
6338 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6339
6340 /**
6341 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6342 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6343 * after the limit.
6344 */
6345 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * Profiler configuration.
6349 *
6350 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6351 *
6352 * Example:
6353 *
6354 * @code
6355 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6356 * @endcode
6357 *
6358 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6359 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6360 *
6361 * @code
6362 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6363 * @endcode
6364 *
6365 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6366 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6367 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6368 *
6369 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6370 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6371 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6372 *
6373 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6374 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6375 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6376 *
6377 * @code
6378 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6379 * @endcode
6380 *
6381 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6382 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6383 *
6384 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6385 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6386 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6387 *
6388 * @code
6389 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6390 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6391 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6392 * @endcode
6393 *
6394 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6395 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6396 *
6397 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6398 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6399 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6400 *
6401 * @since 1.17.0
6402 */
6403 $wgProfiler = [];
6404
6405 /**
6406 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6407 *
6408 * @since 1.5.0
6409 */
6410 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6414 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6415 */
6416 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6417
6418 /**
6419 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6420 *
6421 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6422 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6423 */
6424 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6425
6426 /**
6427 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6428 *
6429 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6430 *
6431 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6432 *
6433 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6434 * @since 1.25
6435 */
6436 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6437
6438 /**
6439 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6440 *
6441 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6442 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6443 * @since 1.25
6444 */
6445 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6446
6447 /**
6448 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6449 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6450 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6451 * @since 1.28
6452 */
6453 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6454 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6455 ];
6456
6457 /**
6458 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6459 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6460 * templates.
6461 */
6462 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6463
6464 /**
6465 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6466 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6467 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6468 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6469 */
6470 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6471
6472 /**
6473 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6474 * filename is passed to it.
6475 *
6476 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6477 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6478 *
6479 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6480 *
6481 * Use full paths.
6482 *
6483 * @deprecated since 1.30
6484 */
6485 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6489 */
6490 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6491
6492 /**
6493 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6494 * @since 1.19
6495 */
6496 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6497
6498 /**
6499 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6500 * queries and other useful output.
6501 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6502 *
6503 * @since 1.19
6504 */
6505 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6506
6507 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6508
6509 /************************************************************************//**
6510 * @name Search
6511 * @{
6512 */
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6516 */
6517 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6521 * by default off due to execution overhead
6522 */
6523 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6524
6525 /**
6526 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6527 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6528 */
6529 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6530
6531 /**
6532 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6533 *
6534 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6535 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6536 *
6537 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6538 *
6539 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6540 */
6541 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6542
6543 /**
6544 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6545 *
6546 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6547 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6548 *
6549 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6550 */
6551 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6552 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6553 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6554 ];
6555
6556 /**
6557 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6558 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6559 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6560 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6561 */
6562 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6563
6564 /**
6565 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6566 * OpenSearch call.
6567 */
6568 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6572 */
6573 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6574
6575 /**
6576 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6577 */
6578 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6579
6580 /**
6581 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6582 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6583 */
6584 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6585
6586 /**
6587 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6588 *
6589 * @par Example:
6590 * @code
6591 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6592 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6593 * @endcode
6594 */
6595 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6596 NS_MAIN => true,
6597 ];
6598
6599 /**
6600 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6601 * implemented by an extension instead.
6602 */
6603 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6604
6605 /**
6606 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6607 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6608 * search term.
6609 *
6610 * @par Example:
6611 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6612 * @code
6613 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6614 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6615 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6616 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6617 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6618 * @endcode
6619 */
6620 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Search form behavior.
6624 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6625 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6626 */
6627 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6628
6629 /**
6630 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6631 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6632 * generated for all namespaces.
6633 */
6634 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6638 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6639 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6640 *
6641 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6642 * @par Example:
6643 * @code
6644 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6645 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6646 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6647 * ];
6648 * @endcode
6649 */
6650 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6651
6652 /**
6653 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6654 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6655 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6656 */
6657 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6658
6659 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6660
6661 /************************************************************************//**
6662 * @name Edit user interface
6663 * @{
6664 */
6665
6666 /**
6667 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6668 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6669 */
6670 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6674 */
6675 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6679 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6680 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6681 */
6682 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6683 NS_CATEGORY => true
6684 ];
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6688 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6689 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6690 */
6691 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6692
6693 /**
6694 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6695 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6696 * ting this variable false.
6697 */
6698 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6699
6700 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6701
6702 /************************************************************************//**
6703 * @name Maintenance
6704 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6705 * @{
6706 */
6707
6708 /**
6709 * @cond file_level_code
6710 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6711 */
6712 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6713 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6714 }
6715 /** @endcond */
6716
6717 /**
6718 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6719 */
6720 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6721
6722 /**
6723 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6724 * used as an explanation to users.
6725 *
6726 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6727 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6728 * option in MySQL.
6729 */
6730 $wgReadOnly = null;
6731
6732 /**
6733 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6734 * @var bool
6735 * @since 1.31
6736 */
6737 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6738
6739 /**
6740 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6741 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6742 * message.
6743 *
6744 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6745 */
6746 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6747
6748 /**
6749 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6750 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6751 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6752 *
6753 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6754 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6755 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6756 */
6757 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6758
6759 /**
6760 * Fully specified path to git binary
6761 */
6762 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6763
6764 /**
6765 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6766 *
6767 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6768 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6769 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6770 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6771 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6772 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6773 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6774 *
6775 * @since 1.20
6776 */
6777 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6778 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6779 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6780 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6781 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6782 ];
6783
6784 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6785
6786 /************************************************************************//**
6787 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6788 * @{
6789 */
6790
6791 /**
6792 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6793 * seconds will go.
6794 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6795 */
6796 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6797
6798 /**
6799 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6800 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6801 * @since 1.26
6802 */
6803 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6804
6805 /**
6806 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6807 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6808 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6809 * @since 1.26
6810 */
6811 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6812
6813 /**
6814 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6815 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6816 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6817 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6818 * is still there.
6819 */
6820 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6821
6822 /**
6823 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6824 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6825 */
6826 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6827
6828 /**
6829 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6830 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6831 */
6832 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6833
6834 /**
6835 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6836 *
6837 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6838 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6839 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6840 *
6841 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6842 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6843 * passed to the constructor.
6844 *
6845 * Common options:
6846 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6847 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6848 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6849 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6850 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6851 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6852 *
6853 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6854 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6855 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6856 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6857 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6858 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6859 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6860 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6861 *
6862 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6863 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6864 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6865 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6866 *
6867 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6868 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6869 *
6870 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6871 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6872 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6873 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6874 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6875 * ];
6876 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6877 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6878 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6879 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6880 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6881 * ];
6882 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6883 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6884 * ];
6885 * @since 1.22
6886 */
6887 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6888
6889 /**
6890 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6891 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6892 * @since 1.22
6893 */
6894 $wgRCEngines = [
6895 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6896 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6897 ];
6898
6899 /**
6900 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6901 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6902 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6903 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6904 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6905 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6906 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6907 *
6908 * @since 1.27
6909 */
6910 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6911
6912 /**
6913 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6914 * New pages and new files are included.
6915 *
6916 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6917 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6918 * Special:Log.
6919 */
6920 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6921
6922 /**
6923 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6924 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6925 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6926 * that lets users disable them.
6927 *
6928 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6929 *
6930 * @since 1.30
6931 */
6932 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters on watchlist.
6936 * Works just like $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference.
6937 *
6938 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed
6939 * @since 1.32
6940 */
6941 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowWatchlistPreference = false;
6942
6943 /**
6944 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6945 *
6946 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6947 */
6948 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6949
6950 /**
6951 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6952 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6953 * 0 to disable completely.
6954 */
6955 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6956
6957 /**
6958 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6959 *
6960 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6961 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6962 * Special:Log.
6963 */
6964 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6968 *
6969 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6970 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6971 * Special:Log.
6972 *
6973 * @since 1.27
6974 */
6975 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6979 */
6980 $wgFeed = true;
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6984 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6985 */
6986 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6987
6988 /**
6989 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6990 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6991 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6992 *
6993 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6994 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6995 */
6996 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6997
6998 /**
6999 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
7000 * pages larger than this size.
7001 */
7002 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
7003
7004 /**
7005 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
7006 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
7007 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
7008 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
7009 * as value.
7010 * @par Example:
7011 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
7012 * @code
7013 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7014 * @endcode
7015 */
7016 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7017
7018 /**
7019 * Available feeds objects.
7020 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7021 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7022 */
7023 $wgFeedClasses = [
7024 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7025 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7026 ];
7027
7028 /**
7029 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7030 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7031 */
7032 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7033
7034 /**
7035 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7036 */
7037 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7038
7039 /**
7040 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7041 */
7042 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7043
7044 /**
7045 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7046 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7047 * highlighted on the RC page.
7048 */
7049 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7050
7051 /**
7052 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7053 * view for watched pages with new changes
7054 */
7055 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7059 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7060 */
7061 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7062
7063 /**
7064 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7065 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7066 */
7067 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7068
7069 /**
7070 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7071 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7072 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7073 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7074 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7075 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7076 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7077 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7078 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7079 *
7080 * @var array
7081 * @since 1.31
7082 */
7083 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7084 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7085 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7086 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7087 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7088 'mw-blank' => true,
7089 'mw-replace' => true,
7090 'mw-rollback' => true,
7091 'mw-undo' => true,
7092 ];
7093
7094 /**
7095 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7096 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7097 * watchers.
7098 *
7099 * @since 1.21
7100 */
7101 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7102
7103 /**
7104 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7105 * certain types of edits.
7106 *
7107 * To register a new one:
7108 * @code
7109 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7110 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7111 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7112 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7113 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7114 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7115 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7116 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7117 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7118 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7119 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7120 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7121 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7122 * ];
7123 * @endcode
7124 *
7125 * @since 1.22
7126 */
7127 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7128 'newpage' => [
7129 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7130 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7131 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7132 'grouping' => 'any',
7133 ],
7134 'minor' => [
7135 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7136 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7137 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7138 'class' => 'minoredit',
7139 'grouping' => 'all',
7140 ],
7141 'bot' => [
7142 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7143 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7144 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7145 'class' => 'botedit',
7146 'grouping' => 'all',
7147 ],
7148 'unpatrolled' => [
7149 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7150 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7151 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7152 'grouping' => 'any',
7153 ],
7154 ];
7155
7156 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7157
7158 /************************************************************************//**
7159 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7160 * @{
7161 */
7162
7163 /**
7164 * Override for copyright metadata.
7165 *
7166 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7167 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7168 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7169 */
7170 $wgRightsPage = null;
7171
7172 /**
7173 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7174 * wiki.
7175 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7176 */
7177 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7178
7179 /**
7180 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7181 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7182 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7183 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7184 */
7185 $wgRightsText = null;
7186
7187 /**
7188 * Override for copyright metadata.
7189 */
7190 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7191
7192 /**
7193 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7194 */
7195 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7196
7197 /**
7198 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7199 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7200 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7201 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7202 * large wikis.
7203 */
7204 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7205
7206 /**
7207 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7208 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7209 */
7210 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7211
7212 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7213
7214 /************************************************************************//**
7215 * @name Import / Export
7216 * @{
7217 */
7218
7219 /**
7220 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7221 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7222 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7223 *
7224 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7225 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7226 * e.g.
7227 * @code
7228 * $wgImportSources = [
7229 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7230 * 'wikispecies',
7231 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7232 * ];
7233 * @endcode
7234 *
7235 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7236 * the ImportSources hook.
7237 *
7238 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7239 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7240 */
7241 $wgImportSources = [];
7242
7243 /**
7244 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7245 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7246 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7247 *
7248 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7249 */
7250 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7251
7252 /**
7253 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7254 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7255 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7256 */
7257 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7258
7259 /**
7260 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7261 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7262 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7263 */
7264 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7265
7266 /**
7267 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7268 */
7269 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7270
7271 /**
7272 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7273 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7274 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7275 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7276 * it's disabled by default for now.
7277 *
7278 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7279 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7280 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7281 */
7282 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7283
7284 /**
7285 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7286 */
7287 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7288
7289 /**
7290 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7291 */
7292 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7293
7294 /**
7295 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7296 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7297 *
7298 * @since 1.27
7299 */
7300 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7301
7302 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7303
7304 /*************************************************************************//**
7305 * @name Extensions
7306 * @{
7307 */
7308
7309 /**
7310 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7311 * initialised
7312 */
7313 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7314
7315 /**
7316 * Extension messages files.
7317 *
7318 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7319 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7320 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7321 * is the most common.
7322 *
7323 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7324 * in the core.
7325 *
7326 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7327 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7328 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7329 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7330 *
7331 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7332 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7333 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7334 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7335 *
7336 * @par Example:
7337 * @code
7338 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7339 * @endcode
7340 */
7341 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7342
7343 /**
7344 * Extension messages directories.
7345 *
7346 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7347 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7348 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7349 * message directories.
7350 *
7351 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7352 *
7353 * @par Simple example:
7354 * @code
7355 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7356 * @endcode
7357 *
7358 * @par Complex example:
7359 * @code
7360 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7361 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7362 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7363 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7364 * ]
7365 * @endcode
7366 * @since 1.23
7367 */
7368 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7369
7370 /**
7371 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7372 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7373 * @since 1.22
7374 */
7375 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7376
7377 /**
7378 * Parser output hooks.
7379 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7380 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7381 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7382 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7383 *
7384 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7385 *
7386 * The callback has the form:
7387 * @code
7388 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7389 * @endcode
7390 */
7391 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7392
7393 /**
7394 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7395 */
7396 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7397
7398 /**
7399 * List of valid skin names
7400 *
7401 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7402 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7403 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7404 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7405 */
7406 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7407
7408 /**
7409 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7410 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7411 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7412 * SpecialPage.
7413 */
7414 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7415
7416 /**
7417 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7418 */
7419 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7420
7421 /**
7422 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7423 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7424 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7425 */
7426 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7427
7428 /**
7429 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7430 *
7431 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7432 *
7433 * @code
7434 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7435 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7436 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7437 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7438 * 'author' => [
7439 * 'Foo Barstein',
7440 * ],
7441 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7442 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7443 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7444 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7445 * ];
7446 * @endcode
7447 *
7448 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7449 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7450 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7451 * interpreted as wikitext.
7452 *
7453 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7454 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7455 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7456 *
7457 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7458 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7459 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7460 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7461 *
7462 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7463 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7464 * usually are.)
7465 *
7466 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7467 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7468 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7469 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7470 *
7471 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7472 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7473 *
7474 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7475 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7476 *
7477 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7478 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7479 */
7480 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7481
7482 /**
7483 * Authentication plugin.
7484 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7485 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7486 */
7487 $wgAuth = null;
7488
7489 /**
7490 * Global list of hooks.
7491 *
7492 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7493 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7494 * internally by Hook:run().
7495 *
7496 * The value can be one of:
7497 *
7498 * - A function name:
7499 * @code
7500 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7501 * @endcode
7502 * - A function with some data:
7503 * @code
7504 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7505 * @endcode
7506 * - A an object method:
7507 * @code
7508 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7509 * @endcode
7510 * - A closure:
7511 * @code
7512 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7513 * // Handler code goes here.
7514 * };
7515 * @endcode
7516 *
7517 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7518 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7519 *
7520 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7521 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7522 */
7523 $wgHooks = [];
7524
7525 /**
7526 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7527 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7528 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7529 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7530 * hook for that.
7531 *
7532 * @see MediaWikiServices
7533 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7534 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7535 */
7536 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7537 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7538 ];
7539
7540 /**
7541 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7542 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7543 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7544 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7545 */
7546 $wgJobClasses = [
7547 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7548 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7549 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7550 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7551 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7552 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7553 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7554 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7555 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7556 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7557 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7558 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7559 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7560 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7561 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7562 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7563 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7564 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7565 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7566 'null' => NullJob::class,
7567 ];
7568
7569 /**
7570 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7571 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7572 *
7573 * These can be:
7574 * - Very long-running jobs.
7575 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7576 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7577 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7578 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7579 */
7580 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7581
7582 /**
7583 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7584 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7585 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7586 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7587 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7588 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7589 * @var float[]
7590 */
7591 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7595 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7596 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7597 *
7598 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7599 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7600 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7601 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7602 *
7603 * @var float|bool
7604 * @since 1.26
7605 */
7606 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7607
7608 /**
7609 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7610 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7611 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7612 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7613 */
7614 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7615 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7616 ];
7617
7618 /**
7619 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7620 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7621 */
7622 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7623 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7624 ];
7625
7626 /**
7627 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7628 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7629 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7630 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7631 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7632 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7633 * that limit is hit.
7634 *
7635 * @since 1.29
7636 */
7637 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7638
7639 /**
7640 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7641 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7642 */
7643 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7644 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7645 ];
7646
7647 /**
7648 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7649 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7650 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7651 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7652 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7653 */
7654 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7655 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7656 ];
7657
7658 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7659
7660 /*************************************************************************//**
7661 * @name Categories
7662 * @{
7663 */
7664
7665 /**
7666 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7667 */
7668 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7669
7670 /**
7671 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7672 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7673 */
7674 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7675
7676 /**
7677 * Paging limit for categories
7678 */
7679 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7680
7681 /**
7682 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7683 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7684 *
7685 * Available values are:
7686 *
7687 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7688 *
7689 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7690 *
7691 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7692 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7693 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7694 *
7695 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7696 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7697 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7698 * server.
7699 *
7700 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7701 * the sort keys in the database.
7702 *
7703 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7704 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7705 */
7706 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7707
7708 /** @} */ # End categories }
7709
7710 /*************************************************************************//**
7711 * @name Logging
7712 * @{
7713 */
7714
7715 /**
7716 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7717 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7718 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7719 * log type.
7720 *
7721 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7722 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7723 */
7724 $wgLogTypes = [
7725 '',
7726 'block',
7727 'protect',
7728 'rights',
7729 'delete',
7730 'upload',
7731 'move',
7732 'import',
7733 'patrol',
7734 'merge',
7735 'suppress',
7736 'tag',
7737 'managetags',
7738 'contentmodel',
7739 ];
7740
7741 /**
7742 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7743 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7744 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7745 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7746 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7747 */
7748 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7749 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7750 ];
7751
7752 /**
7753 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7754 *
7755 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7756 *
7757 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7758 *
7759 * @par Example:
7760 * @code
7761 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7762 * @endcode
7763 *
7764 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7765 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7766 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7767 *
7768 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7769 * used for the link text.
7770 */
7771 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7772 'patrol' => true,
7773 'tag' => true,
7774 ];
7775
7776 /**
7777 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7778 * will be listed in the user interface.
7779 *
7780 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7781 *
7782 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7783 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7784 */
7785 $wgLogNames = [
7786 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7787 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7788 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7789 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7790 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7791 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7792 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7793 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7794 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7795 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7796 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7797 ];
7798
7799 /**
7800 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7801 * top of each log type.
7802 *
7803 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7804 *
7805 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7806 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7807 */
7808 $wgLogHeaders = [
7809 '' => 'alllogstext',
7810 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7811 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7812 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7813 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7814 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7815 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7816 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7817 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7818 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7819 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7820 ];
7821
7822 /**
7823 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7824 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7825 *
7826 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7827 */
7828 $wgLogActions = [];
7829
7830 /**
7831 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7832 * not messages.
7833 * @see LogPage::actionText
7834 * @see LogFormatter
7835 */
7836 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7837 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7838 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7839 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7840 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7841 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7842 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7843 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7844 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7845 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7846 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7847 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7848 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7849 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7850 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7851 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7852 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7853 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7854 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7855 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7856 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7857 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7858 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7859 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7860 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7861 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7862 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7863 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7864 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7865 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7866 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7867 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7868 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7869 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7870 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7871 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7872 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7873 ];
7874
7875 /**
7876 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7877 *
7878 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7879 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7880 * Extensions may append to this array
7881 * @since 1.27
7882 */
7883 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7884 'block' => [
7885 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7886 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7887 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7888 ],
7889 'contentmodel' => [
7890 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7891 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7892 ],
7893 'delete' => [
7894 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7895 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7896 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7897 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7898 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7899 ],
7900 'import' => [
7901 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7902 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7903 ],
7904 'managetags' => [
7905 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7906 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7907 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7908 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7909 ],
7910 'move' => [
7911 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7912 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7913 ],
7914 'newusers' => [
7915 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7916 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7917 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7918 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7919 ],
7920 'protect' => [
7921 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7922 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7923 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7924 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7925 ],
7926 'rights' => [
7927 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7928 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7929 ],
7930 'suppress' => [
7931 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7932 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7933 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7934 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7935 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7936 ],
7937 'upload' => [
7938 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7939 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7940 ],
7941 ];
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7945 */
7946 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7947
7948 /**
7949 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7950 * @since 1.32
7951 */
7952 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7953
7954 /** @} */ # end logging }
7955
7956 /*************************************************************************//**
7957 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7958 * @{
7959 */
7960
7961 /**
7962 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7963 */
7964 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7965
7966 /**
7967 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7968 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7969 */
7970 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7971
7972 /**
7973 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7974 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7975 */
7976 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7977
7978 /**
7979 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7980 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7981 */
7982 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7983
7984 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7985
7986 /*************************************************************************//**
7987 * @name Actions
7988 * @{
7989 */
7990
7991 /**
7992 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7993 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7994 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7995 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7996 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7997 * instead of the default class.
7998 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7999 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
8000 */
8001 $wgActions = [
8002 'credits' => true,
8003 'delete' => true,
8004 'edit' => true,
8005 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8006 'history' => true,
8007 'info' => true,
8008 'markpatrolled' => true,
8009 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
8010 'protect' => true,
8011 'purge' => true,
8012 'raw' => true,
8013 'render' => true,
8014 'revert' => true,
8015 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8016 'rollback' => true,
8017 'submit' => true,
8018 'unprotect' => true,
8019 'unwatch' => true,
8020 'view' => true,
8021 'watch' => true,
8022 ];
8023
8024 /** @} */ # end actions }
8025
8026 /*************************************************************************//**
8027 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8028 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8029 * @{
8030 */
8031
8032 /**
8033 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8034 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8035 * basis.
8036 */
8037 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8038
8039 /**
8040 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8041 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8042 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8043 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8044 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8045 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8046 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8047 *
8048 * @par Example:
8049 * @code
8050 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8051 * @endcode
8052 */
8053 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8054
8055 /**
8056 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8057 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8058 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8059 *
8060 * @par Example:
8061 * @code
8062 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8063 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8064 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8065 * ];
8066 * @endcode
8067 *
8068 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8069 * forms:
8070 * @code
8071 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8072 * # Underscore, not space!
8073 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8074 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8075 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8076 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8077 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8078 * ];
8079 * @endcode
8080 */
8081 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8082
8083 /**
8084 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8085 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8086 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8087 *
8088 * @par Example:
8089 * @code
8090 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8091 * @endcode
8092 */
8093 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8094
8095 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8096
8097 /************************************************************************//**
8098 * @name AJAX and API
8099 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8100 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8101 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8102 * @{
8103 */
8104
8105 /**
8106 *
8107 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8108 *
8109 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8110 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8111 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8112 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8113 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8114 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8115 * requiring POST.
8116 *
8117 * @since 1.21
8118 */
8119 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8120
8121 /**
8122 * API module extensions.
8123 *
8124 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8125 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8126 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8127 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8128 *
8129 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8130 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8131 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8132 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8133 * field.
8134 *
8135 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8136 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8137 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8138 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8139 *
8140 * Examples for registering API modules:
8141 *
8142 * @code
8143 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8144 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8145 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8146 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8147 * ];
8148 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8149 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8150 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8151 * ];
8152 * @endcode
8153 *
8154 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8155 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8156 */
8157 $wgAPIModules = [];
8158
8159 /**
8160 * API format module extensions.
8161 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8162 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8163 *
8164 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8165 */
8166 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8167
8168 /**
8169 * API Query meta module extensions.
8170 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8171 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8172 *
8173 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8174 */
8175 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8176
8177 /**
8178 * API Query prop module extensions.
8179 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8180 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8181 *
8182 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8183 */
8184 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8185
8186 /**
8187 * API Query list module extensions.
8188 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8189 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8190 *
8191 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8192 */
8193 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8194
8195 /**
8196 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8197 * The default value is generally fine
8198 */
8199 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8203 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8204 */
8205 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8206
8207 /**
8208 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8209 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8210 */
8211 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8212
8213 /**
8214 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8215 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8216 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8217 */
8218 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8222 * API request logging
8223 */
8224 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8225
8226 /**
8227 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8228 */
8229 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8230
8231 /**
8232 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8233 * API queries.
8234 */
8235 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8236 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8237 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8238 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8239 ];
8240
8241 /**
8242 * Enable AJAX framework
8243 *
8244 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8245 */
8246 $wgUseAjax = true;
8247
8248 /**
8249 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8250 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8251 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8252 */
8253 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8257 */
8258 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8259
8260 /**
8261 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8262 */
8263 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8264
8265 /**
8266 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8267 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8268 */
8269 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8270
8271 /**
8272 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8273 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8274 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8275 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8276 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8277 *
8278 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8279 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8280 *
8281 * @par Example:
8282 * @code
8283 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8284 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8285 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8286 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8287 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8288 * ];
8289 * @endcode
8290 */
8291 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8292
8293 /**
8294 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8295 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8296 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8297 */
8298 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8299
8300 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8301
8302 /************************************************************************//**
8303 * @name Shell and process control
8304 * @{
8305 */
8306
8307 /**
8308 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8309 */
8310 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8311
8312 /**
8313 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8314 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8315 */
8316 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8317
8318 /**
8319 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8320 */
8321 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8325 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8326 */
8327 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8328
8329 /**
8330 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8331 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8332 *
8333 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8334 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8335 * them segfault or deadlock.
8336 *
8337 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8338 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8339 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8340 *
8341 * @par Example:
8342 * @code
8343 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8344 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8345 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8346 * @endcode
8347 *
8348 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8349 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8350 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8351 */
8352 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8353
8354 /**
8355 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8356 */
8357 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8358
8359 /**
8360 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8361 *
8362 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8363 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8364 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8365 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8366 *
8367 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8368 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8369 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8370 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8371 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8372 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8373 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8374 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8375 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8376 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8377 * decimal separator)
8378 *
8379 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8380 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8381 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8382 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8383 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8384 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8385 * displayed to the user.
8386 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8387 * date/time values.
8388 *
8389 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8390 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8391 * wikis.
8392 */
8393 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8394
8395 /**
8396 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8397 *
8398 * Supported options:
8399 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8400 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8401 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8402 *
8403 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8404 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8405 *
8406 * @since 1.31
8407 * @var string|bool
8408 */
8409 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8410
8411 /** @} */ # End shell }
8412
8413 /************************************************************************//**
8414 * @name HTTP client
8415 * @{
8416 */
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8420 * @var int
8421 */
8422 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8423
8424 /**
8425 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8426 * @since 1.29
8427 */
8428 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8429
8430 /**
8431 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8432 */
8433 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8434
8435 /**
8436 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8437 */
8438 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8439
8440 /**
8441 * Local virtual hosts.
8442 *
8443 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8444 *
8445 * This affects the following:
8446 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8447 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8448 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8449 * the proxy if it is configured.
8450 *
8451 * @since 1.25
8452 */
8453 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8454
8455 /**
8456 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8457 * Only works for curl
8458 */
8459 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8460
8461 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8462
8463 /************************************************************************//**
8464 * @name Job queue
8465 * @{
8466 */
8467
8468 /**
8469 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8470 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8471 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8472 * be run periodically.
8473 */
8474 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8475
8476 /**
8477 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8478 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8479 * execution finishes.
8480 *
8481 * @since 1.23
8482 */
8483 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8484
8485 /**
8486 * Number of rows to update per job
8487 */
8488 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8489
8490 /**
8491 * Number of rows to update per query
8492 */
8493 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8494
8495 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8496
8497 /************************************************************************//**
8498 * @name Miscellaneous
8499 * @{
8500 */
8501
8502 /**
8503 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8504 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8505 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8506 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8507 */
8508 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8509
8510 /**
8511 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8512 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8513 * Supported values:
8514 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8515 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8516 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8517 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8518 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8519 *
8520 * @since 1.30
8521 */
8522 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8523
8524 /**
8525 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8526 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8527 *
8528 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8529 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8530 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8531 */
8532 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8533
8534 /**
8535 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8536 * For debugging
8537 */
8538 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8539
8540 /**
8541 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8542 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8543 */
8544 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8545
8546 /**
8547 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8548 */
8549 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8550
8551 /**
8552 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8553 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8554 */
8555 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8556
8557 /**
8558 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8559 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8560 */
8561 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8562
8563 /**
8564 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8565 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8566 *
8567 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8568 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8569 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8570 * parameters.
8571 *
8572 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8573 * @code
8574 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8575 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8576 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8577 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8578 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8579 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8580 * 'redisConfig' => []
8581 * ] ];
8582 * @endcode
8583 *
8584 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8585 * @code
8586 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8587 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8588 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8589 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8590 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8591 * ... any extension-specific options...
8592 * ] ];
8593 * @endcode
8594 */
8595 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8596
8597 /**
8598 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8599 */
8600 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8601
8602 /**
8603 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8604 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8605 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8606 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8607 *
8608 * @since 1.21
8609 */
8610 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8611
8612 /**
8613 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8614 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8615 *
8616 * * 'ignore': return null
8617 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8618 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8619 *
8620 * @since 1.21
8621 */
8622 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8623
8624 /**
8625 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8626 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8627 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8628 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8629 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8630 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8631 *
8632 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8633 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8634 *
8635 * @since 1.21
8636 */
8637 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8638
8639 /**
8640 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8641 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8642 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8643 *
8644 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8645 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8646 *
8647 * @since 1.21
8648 */
8649 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8650 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8651 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8652 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8653 ];
8654
8655 /**
8656 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8657 *
8658 * @since 1.20
8659 */
8660 $wgSiteTypes = [
8661 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8662 ];
8663
8664 /**
8665 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8666 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8667 * @since 1.23
8668 */
8669 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8670
8671 /**
8672 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8673 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8674 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8675 *
8676 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8677 *
8678 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8679 *
8680 * @since 1.24
8681 */
8682 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8683
8684 /**
8685 * Secret for session storage.
8686 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8687 * be used.
8688 * @since 1.27
8689 */
8690 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8691
8692 /**
8693 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8694 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8695 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8696 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8697 * @since 1.27
8698 */
8699 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8700
8701 /**
8702 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8703 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8704 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8705 * be used.
8706 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8707 * @since 1.24
8708 */
8709 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8710
8711 /**
8712 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8713 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8714 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8715 * @since 1.24
8716 */
8717 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8718
8719 /**
8720 * Enable page language feature
8721 * Allows setting page language in database
8722 * @var bool
8723 * @since 1.24
8724 */
8725 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8726
8727 /**
8728 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8729 *
8730 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8731 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8732 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8733 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8734 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8735 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8736 *
8737 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8738 *
8739 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8740 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8741 * 'options' => [
8742 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8743 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8744 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8745 * ]
8746 * ];
8747 *
8748 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8749 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8750 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8751 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8752 *
8753 * Example config for Parsoid:
8754 *
8755 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8756 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8757 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8758 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8759 * ];
8760 *
8761 * @var array
8762 * @since 1.25
8763 */
8764 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8765 'paths' => [],
8766 'modules' => [],
8767 'global' => [
8768 # Timeout in seconds
8769 'timeout' => 360,
8770 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8771 'forwardCookies' => false,
8772 'HTTPProxy' => null
8773 ]
8774 ];
8775
8776 /**
8777 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8778 * these suggestions.
8779 *
8780 * @var bool
8781 * @since 1.26
8782 */
8783 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8784
8785 /**
8786 * Where popular password file is located.
8787 *
8788 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8789 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8790 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8791 *
8792 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8793 * @since 1.27
8794 * @var string path to file
8795 */
8796 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8797
8798 /*
8799 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8800 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8801 *
8802 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8803 * @since 1.27
8804 */
8805 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8806
8807 /*
8808 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8809 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8810 *
8811 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8812 * @since 1.30
8813 */
8814 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8815
8816 /**
8817 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8818 *
8819 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8820 * @since 1.32
8821 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8822 * If an array, can have parameters:
8823 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8824 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8825 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8826 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8827 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8828 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8829 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8830 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8831 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8832 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8833 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8834 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8835 */
8836 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8837
8838 /**
8839 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8840 *
8841 * @since 1.32
8842 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8843 */
8844 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8845
8846 /**
8847 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8848 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8849 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8850 *
8851 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8852 *
8853 * @since 1.32
8854 * @var string[]
8855 */
8856 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8857 'copyright',
8858 'history_copyright',
8859 'googlesearch',
8860 'feedback-terms',
8861 'feedback-termsofuse',
8862 ];
8863
8864 /**
8865 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8866 *
8867 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8868 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8869 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8870 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8871 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8872 *
8873 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8874 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8875 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8876 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8877 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8878 *
8879 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8880 *
8881 * @since 1.27
8882 */
8883 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8884 'default' => [
8885 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8886 ]
8887 ];
8888
8889 /**
8890 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8891 *
8892 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8893 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8894 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8895 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8896 *
8897 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8898 *
8899 * @var bool
8900 * @since 1.28
8901 */
8902 $wgPingback = false;
8903
8904 /**
8905 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8906 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8907 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8908 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8909 *
8910 * @since 1.28
8911 */
8912 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8913 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8914 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8915 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8916 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8917 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8918 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8919 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8920 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8921 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8922 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8923 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8924 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8925 ];
8926
8927 /**
8928 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8929 * at Special:Contributions.
8930 *
8931 * @var array
8932 * @since 1.30
8933 */
8934 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8935 'IPv4' => 16,
8936 'IPv6' => 32,
8937 ];
8938
8939 /**
8940 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8941 *
8942 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8943 *
8944 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8945 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8946 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8947 *
8948 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8949 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8950 */
8951 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8952 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8953 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8954 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8955
8956 /**
8957 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8958 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8959 *
8960 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8961 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8962 *
8963 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8964 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8965 *
8966 * @par Example:
8967 * @code
8968 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8969 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8970 *];
8971 * @endcode
8972 */
8973 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8974
8975 /**
8976 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8977 * @since 1.30
8978 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8979 */
8980 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8981
8982 /**
8983 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8984 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8985 *
8986 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8987 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8988 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8989 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8990 *
8991 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8992 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8993 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8994 *
8995 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8996 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8997 *
8998 * @since 1.32
8999 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9000 */
9001 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
9002
9003 /**
9004 * Actor table schema migration stage.
9005 * @since 1.31
9006 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
9007 */
9008 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
9009
9010 /**
9011 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
9012 *
9013 * @since 1.32
9014 * @deprecated 1.32
9015 * @var bool
9016 */
9017 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
9018
9019 /**
9020 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
9021 *
9022 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
9023 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
9024 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
9025 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
9026 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
9027 *
9028 * @since 1.32
9029 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
9030 */
9031 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH;
9032
9033 /**
9034 * Temporarily flag to use change_tag_def table as backend of change tag statistics.
9035 * For example in case of Special:Tags. If set to false, it will use change_tag table.
9036 * Before setting it to true set $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage to MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH and run
9037 * PopulateChangeTagDef maintaince script.
9038 * It's redundant when $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage is set to MIGRATION_NEW
9039 *
9040 * @since 1.32
9041 * @var bool
9042 */
9043 $wgTagStatisticsNewTable = false;
9044
9045 /**
9046 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9047 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9048 * @}
9049 */